ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - Telephone

Temporis IP300 - Telephone ALCATEL - Free user manual and instructions

Find the device manual for free Temporis IP300 ALCATEL in PDF.

📄 247 pages English EN Download 💬 AI Question 10 questions ⚙️ Specs
Notice ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - page 7
Pick your language and provide your email: we'll send you a specifically translated version.
Product Type IP Desk Phone
Brand Alcatel
Model Temporis IP300
Dimensions (approx.) 200 x 180 x 120 mm
Weight (approx.) 0.8 kg
Power Supply PoE (Power over Ethernet) or AC adapter (12V DC)
Display Monochrome LCD with backlight
Keypad Alphanumeric with function keys
VoIP Protocols SIP (Session Initiation Protocol)
Call Functions Call hold, transfer, conference, redial, speed dial
Audio Features Full-duplex speakerphone, handset, headset support
Network Interfaces 1x 10/100 Ethernet port
Number of Lines Up to 2 SIP lines
Headset Jack RJ9 (2.5mm)
Wall Mountable Yes
Cleaning Instructions Wipe with a soft dry cloth; do not use liquids or sprays
Safety Precautions Use only supplied power adapter; avoid water; unplug during storms
Spare Parts Availability Handset, base, power adapter available from Alcatel service centers
Repairability Modular design; replaceable handset cord, network cable
General Information Business-grade VoIP phone for unified communications

Frequently Asked Questions - Temporis IP300 ALCATEL

How do I connect the Alcatel Temporis IP300 to my network?
Connect the Ethernet cable from your router or switch to the Ethernet port on the back of the phone. The phone supports PoE (Power over Ethernet) or an optional AC adapter.
How do I configure the IP address on the Temporis IP300?
The phone typically obtains an IP address via DHCP automatically. To set a static IP, press the Menu key, navigate to Network Settings, and enter the IP, subnet mask, and gateway.
Can I use the Temporis IP300 with any VoIP provider?
Yes, as long as the provider supports SIP. You need to enter the account details (SIP server, username, password) in the phone's settings.
How do I adjust the ringer volume?
Press the Volume Up/Down keys while the phone is idle or during ringing to adjust the ringer volume. You can also set it in the Settings menu.
How do I set up a speed dial key?
Go to Contacts or Speed Dial settings, select an unused key, and assign a phone number. Then press that key to dial instantly.
How do I transfer a call?
During an active call, press the Transfer key. Enter the target number, then press Transfer again (blind transfer) or wait for the recipient to answer and press Transfer (attended transfer).
What should I do if the phone is not powering on?
Check the Ethernet cable connection and ensure the switch provides PoE or use the AC adapter. Try a different cable or power outlet. If it still doesn't work, reset the phone by holding down the OK key for 10 seconds.
How do I clean the phone?
Use a soft, dry cloth to wipe the surfaces. Do not use water, cleaning fluids, or abrasive materials, as they may damage the phone.
Can I use a headset with the Temporis IP300?
Yes, it has a headset jack (RJ9) on the side. You can use a wired headset. Go to the audio settings to select headset mode.
How do I perform a factory reset?
Press Menu, go to Settings > Factory Reset, and confirm. Alternatively, you can reset by holding the OK key while powering on the phone.

User questions about Temporis IP300 ALCATEL

0 question about this device. Answer the ones you know or ask your own.

Ask a new question about this device

The email remains private: it is only used to notify you if someone responds to your question.

No questions yet. Be the first to ask one.

Download the instructions for your Telephone in PDF format for free! Find your manual Temporis IP300 - ALCATEL and take your electronic device back in hand. On this page are published all the documents necessary for the use of your device. Temporis IP300 by ALCATEL.

USER MANUAL Temporis IP300 ALCATEL

home & business phones

Business IP Range Administration and Provisioning Manual

Temporis IP100/ IP150/ IP151/ IP251G/IP300/

IP301G/ IP700G/ IP701G

Alcatel IP2015/ IP2115

Conference IP1850

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - Business IP Range Administration and Provisioning Manual - 1

natural_image Collection of various black office phones including landline, keypad, and mobile phone (no visible text or labels)

Edition 2.2, Oct 2016

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Congratulations on your purchase of this Alcatel product. Before using it, please read Important Safety Information on page 246 of this manual. Please thoroughly read this manual for all the feature operations and troubleshooting information necessary to install and operate your new product. You can also visit our website at alcatel-business.com.

This manual provides instructions for using Temporis IP100/ IP150/ IP300/ IP700G, Alcatel IP2015, Conference IP1850 models with software version 1.1.1.A or newer, and IP151/IP251G/IP301G/IP701G, Alcatel IP2115 with software version 2.0.4.A or newer. Instructions are also applicable for the administration of IP315, IP370, IP715G and IP770G bundles with cordless accessories. See page 58 for instructions on checking the software version on the desktop phones, or page 75 to do the same on the cordless handsets.

Parts checklist

Your telephone package contains the following items. Save your sales receipt and original packaging in the event warranty service is necessary.

TemporisIP100IP150IP151IP251GTemporisIP150MTemporisIP300IP301GIP700GTemporisIP700GAlcatelIP2015IP2115ConferenceIP1850
Quick User Guide
Handset and handset cord
Phone base/main unit
Foot stand
Wall mount accessory
Ethernet cable
PSU or power injector
Cordless handset
Cordless microphones
Batteries or battery pack
Charging cradle with PSU

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Table of contents

Parts checklist....2

Table of contents 3

Introduction 7

Audience 7

Related documents 7

Getting started 8

Temporis IP100 9

Quick reference guide 9

Programmable Keys.... 10

Temporis IP150 (M) 11

Quick reference guide 11

Programmable Keys 12

Temporis IP151 13

Quick reference guide 13

Programmable Keys 13

Temporis IP251G 14

Quick reference guide 14

Programmable Keys 15

Temporis IP300 16

Quick reference guide 16

Programmable Keys.... 17

Temporis IP301G 18

Quick reference guide 18

Programmable Keys 18

Temporis IP700G 19

Quick reference guide 19

Programmable Keys 20

Temporis IP701G 21

Quick reference guide 21

Programmable Keys 22

Alcatel IP2015/IP2115 23

Quick reference guide 23

Conference IP1850....25

Quick reference guide 25

Network Requirements.... 27

Installation....28

Temporis IP100/IP150/IP151 installation 28

Temporis IP251G/IP300/IP301G/IP701G installation 31

Temporis IP700G installation.... 33

Alcatel IP2015/IP2115 installation.... 35

Conference IP1850 installation 36

Configuring your device 39

Minimum configuration 39

Verifying the installation: idle Screen 39

Configuring Programmable keys 40

Functions available to programmable keys.... 40

LED behavior 41

Adding a Custom Logo.... 43

Idle screen logo behavior 43

Logo specifications.... 43

Uploading a custom logo 44

Custom logo user interactions 44

Customizing Softkeys 45

Custom Soft Key Configuration File Settings 47

Setting up Temporis IP100 phone 48

Using the phone "star codes" 48

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Find IP address 48

Static IP configuration 48

VLAN configuration 48

Enable VLAN 48

Disable VLAN 49

Setting up IP300/IP301G/IP700G/IP701G with IP70H accessory DECT headset ..... 50

Register a DECT headset 50

Deregister a DECT headset 50

Deregister a DECT headset without a deskset 51

Deskset functionality with an IP70H DECT headset 51

Setting up IP300/IP301G/IP700G/IP701G with IP15 accessory DECT handset .... 51

Register a DECT handset 51

Deregister a DECT handset 52

Deskset functionality with an IP15 DECT handset 52

Setting up IP2015/IP2115 with multiple IP15 handsets or IP70H wireless headsets..... 53

Managing additional IP15 handsets 53

Assigning sip accounts to IP15 handsets or IP70H headsets 54

IP2015/IP2115 functionality with IP15 DECT handsets 55

IP2015/IP2115 functionality with IP70H DECT headset.... 55

Using Menu in your desktop phone 56

Features 56

Status 58

Viewing Line status....59

Customizing your phone with User Settings menu 60

Using the Admin Settings menu....61

Network settings (IPv4) 63

Network settings (IPv4/IPv6) 65

Line Menu....68

Provisioning Menu 70

Security Menu 70

Using Menu in your IP15 cordless handset 73

User functionality submenus 73

Status 75

User Settings 76

Admin Settings....77

Network settings (IPv4) 78

Network settings (IPv4/IPv6) 80

Provisioning Menu 85

Using the WebUI 86

Saving Your Settings....88

Status 89

System 90

SIP Account Management 90

Dial Plan....107

Call Settings....109

User Preferences....113

Programmable Function Keys 118

Programmable Hard Keys 124

Memory Keys: Speed Dial 126

Signaling Settings....127

Ringer Settings....128

Paging Zone 130

Server applications 132

Hotline Settings....137

Handset settings....138

Account assignment....138

Handset name....139

Network....141

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Basic Network Settings (IPv4) 141

Basic Network Settings (IPv4/IPv6)....142

Advanced Network Settings....146

Contacts 150

Local Directory 150

Directory Import/Export 152

Directory Import using configuration files....153

Black List....154

Black List Import/Export....155

Black List Import using configuration files....155

LDAP Directory 156

Broadsoft Directory 160

Remote XML Phonebook 161

Call History 164

Servicing....165

Reboot 165

Time and Date....165

Custom Language 168

Custom Logo 169

Firmware Upgrade 170

Provisioning 173

Security....180

Passwords 180

Phone lock....181

PIN masking 182

Web Server 183

Trusted servers 184

Trusted IP 185

Certificates 186

Enhanced Certificate Management 187

TR069 189

System Logs 191

Provisioning Using Configuration Files....193

Resynchronization—Configuration File Checking....193

The Provisioning Process....193

Phone Restart....194

Configuration File Types 195

Data Files 195

Configuration File Guide....197

Guidelines for the MAC-Specific Configuration File 197

Securing Configuration Files with AES Encryption 197

Setting Up Provisioning 200

Soft Keys 201

Desktop phone soft keys....201

IP15 cordless handset soft keys....204

Appendix A: Configuration File Settings....206

"sip_account" Module: SIP Account Settings....207

"network" Module: Network Settings 212

"profile" Module: security settings....213

"provisioning" Module: Provisioning Settings 214

"time_date" Module: Time and Date Settings 216

"log" Module: Log Settings....217

"remoteDir" Module: Remote Directory Settings 218

"web" Module: Web Settings 219

"trusted_ip" Module: Trusted Server and Trusted IP Settings 220

"user_pref" Module: User Preference Settings....221

"call_settings" Module: Call Settings 223

"pfk" Module: Programmable Feature Key Settings....225

ALCATEL

home & business phones

"speed_dial" Module: Speed Dial Settings 228

"audio" Module: Audio Settings....229

"file" Module: Imported File Settings 230

"xml_app" Module: XML App Settings....232

"system_event" Module: Action URI Settings....233

"tr069" Module: TR-069 Settings 234

"tone" Module: Tone Definition Settings....235

"ringersetting" Module: distinctive ringing settings....237

"page_zone" Module: Paging Zone Settings....238

"softkey" Module: Custom Soft Key Settings 239

"hs_settings" Module: Handset management Settings 240

Appendix B: Time Zones 242

Maintenance....245

Important Safety Information 246

CE Declaration of conformity 247

CE Mark Warnings....247

WEEE Warning....247

GPL License Information 247

Introduction

This administration and provisioning guide contains detailed instructions for installing and configuring your Temporis IP100, Temporis IP150, Temporis IP151, Temporis IP251G, Temporis IP300, Temporis IP301G, Temporis IP700G, Temporis IP701G, all IP3xx and IP7xx bundles with cordless accessories, Alcatel IP2015, Alcatel IP2115 and Conference IP1850. Please read this guide before installing the telephone.

Audience

This guide is written for installers and system administrators. It assumes that you are familiar with networks and VoIP, both in theory and in practice. This guide also assumes that you have ordered your IP PBX service and selected which PBX features you want to implement. This guide does not reference specific IP PBX services except for features or parameters that have been designed for a specific service. Please consult your service provider for recommended switches, routers, and firewall and NAT traversal settings, and so on.

As the product range becomes certified for IP PBX services, we may make available interoperability guides for those specific services. These will recommend second-party devices and settings, along with deskset-specific configurations for optimal performance with those services. Contact your distributor or installer for the latest updates.

Quick Start Guide contains a quick reference guide to the device external features and brief instructions on connecting it to a working IP PBX system. This document exists in different language versions.

Connection sheet contains connection instructions in multiple languages on a single document.

Documents are available from our website at alcatel-business.com.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Getting started

Alcatel business IP range includes full-featured business phones designed to work with popular SIP telephone (IP PBX) services. Once you have ordered and configured your SIP service, the device enables you to make and receive calls as you would with any other business phone. The phones provide calling features like hold, transfer, conferencing, speakerphone, intercom, quick dial numbers and one-touch voicemail access.

Depending on the models, there are one or two network ports, known as LAN port and PC port, at the back of the desk set. The LAN port allows the phones to connect to the IP PBX via a router. The PC port is for another device such as a personal computer to connect to the Ethernet network through the desk set.

You can configure the terminal using its own menus, a browser-based interface called the WebUI, or an automatic provisioning process (see Provisioning Using Configuration Files on page 193).

The WebUI enables you to configure the device using a PC that is connected to the same Local Area Network. The WebUI resides on the phone, and is updated with any firmware updates.

Desktop phones have dual-function programmable keys to which quick-dial numbers, lines, or other functions like monitoring other extensions in the system can be assigned. Programmable keys have two-color LEDs to indicate call activity.

These telephones support caller ID with call waiting service and can store up to 200 Call Log entries. Local and network phonebooks like LDAP are supported.

DECT enabled models (IP300, IP301G, IP700G, IP701G, IP2015, IP2115, IP1850) additionally offer mobility.

We will briefly tour you around the different models.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Temporis IP100

Temporis IP100 is an entry-level business phone. Its features include:

On hook dialing, headset, hold and mute

1 sip registration

2 active SIP sessions

3-way conferencing, N-way network conferencing

10 dual-function programmable keys, 5 with bicolor led and 2 pages

10 speed dial numbers (long press dial keypad)

Message waiting alert LED

Single 10/100 Mbps Ethernet ports

Power over Ethernet

100-entry Call Log and downloadable local phonebook accessible from WUI

Quick reference guide

The controls you will need to use to manage the phone and external features that are relevant to installation and configuration are described below.

ALCATEL 1 2 3 ABC DEF 4 5 6 GNC JRC MHD 7 8 9 PUBS TUV WEXT * 0 # f ▼ ▲ ○ Tangris IP100 Direct To wr from A fill- busin RJ9 Corded headset input (on side)

Programmable keys

Can be programmed to perform various functions or access various features.

For example:

  • Press to access a line to make a call
  • Press to dial a monitored extension or a quick-dial number
  • Press to answer a ringing call on any line or monitored extension

Directory card

To write names on the directory card, pull out the directory card from under the plastic cover.

A fill-in printable template is available at extranet.alcatel-business.com

Access F11 To F20

Press F5 to switch to the second possible value of a programmable key.

Note: This is the default setting. You can configure F5 to perform other functions

Conference

Press to initiate a conference with a new call, or to set up a conference with two already established calls

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - Conference - 1

Redial

Press to redial last called number

Transfer

Press to initiate a call transfer towards a new call, or to bridge two already established calls

Voicemail

Press to call to your Voicemail

ALCATEL

home & business phones

The following table includes some useful star codes to help you quickly configure IP100. To invoke a command simply dial the sequence in on-hook mode.

PurposeCommandRemarks
IP address announcement*123456#
Static IP configuration*782842#x*x*x*x#y*y*y*y#z*z*z*z#x*x*x*x = IP address y*y*y=y = subnet mask z*z*z=z = default gateway
Switch VLAN off* 7 8 2 8 4 3 # 0 # #
Switch VLAN ON plus edit VID* 7 8 2 8 4 3 # 1 # ???? #???? = VLAN ID

Programmable Keys

The table below lists the default settings for the programmable keys. The key assignments on your phone may be different. Some keys may be programmed as Quick Dial keys, or access to other functions like Call forward, for example.

Keys are numbered from top left to bottom left, and then top right to bottom right. Note keys 11 to 20 are virtual, ie they are accessed when key 5 is configured as Access to F11-F20

Key NumberSetting
1Line 1*
2Line 1
3Quick dial
4Quick dial
5Access to F11-F20
6-14Quick dial
15Access to F11-F20
16-20Quick dial

* You can assign more than one key to a certain type of function. For example, you can configure keys 1 and 2 to access Line 1. Label the keys appropriately for deskset users after configuration. A printable fill-in template is available for download at extranet.alcatel-business.com

To assign functions to programmable keys, please see Programmable Function Keys on page 118.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Temporis IP150 (M)

Temporis IP150 is an entry level business phone. Its features include:

2.5-inch backlit Liquid Crystal Display

Speakerphone, Headset, Hold and Mute

Up to 2 SIP Registrations

Up to 6 active SIP sessions

3-way conferencing, N-way network conferencing

10 dual-function programmable keys, 5 with bicolor led

Customizable softkeys and logo

10 speed dial numbers (long press dial keypad)

Message Waiting alert LED

Dual 10/100 Mbps Ethernet ports with Power over Ethernet

100-entry Call Log, downloadable local and LDAP phonebooks

While Temporis IP150 supports PoE, Temporis IP150M does not and requires a power supply to work. Apart from this difference, they are exactly the same in terms of features, firmware and configuration.

Quick reference guide

The controls you will need to use to configure the phone manually are described below.

Line Press to change dial-out account (shown if second sip account is registered only) Hold key In conversation, press to place active call on hold. In idle mode, press to quickly access Network Status menu MENU Press to enter the menu. CANCEL While in a menu, press to cancel an operation and exit the menu. In idle mode, long press to reboot the phone Call Log Press to quickly access Call Log menu OK Press to select a menu item or save an entry or setting. NAVIGATION KEY While in menus, press ▲ or ▼ to scroll through the menu, highlight items or change settings. Press ◀ or ▶ to navigate through softkey pages While entering names or numbers, press ◀ or ▶ to move the cursor left or right.

Voicemail

Press to access Voicemail menu

OK

Redial

Press to access redial list

ALCATEL

home & business phones

The deskset external features that are relevant to installation and configuration are described below.

ALCATEL 1 2 3 ABC DEF 4 5 6 GND MND 7 8 9 PGRS TVV WNTZ * 0 # ▼ ▲ Ω RJ9 Corded headset input (on side) Dir To from A fi bus

Programmable keys

Can be programmed to perform various functions or access various features.

For example:

  • Press to access a line to make a call
  • Press to dial a monitored extension or a quick-dial number
  • Press to answer a ringing call on any line or monitored extension

Directory card

To write names on the directory card, pull out the directory card from under the plastic cover.

A fill-in printable template is available at extranet.alcatel-business.com

Access F11 To F20

Press F5 to switch to the second possible value of a programmable key.

Note: This is the default setting. You can configure F5 to perform other functions

Programmable Keys

The table below lists the default settings for the programmable keys. The key assignments on your phone may be different. Some keys may be programmed as Quick Dial keys, or access to other functions like Call forward, for example.

Keys are numbered from top left to bottom left, and then top right to bottom right. Note keys 11 to 20 are virtual, ie they are accessed when key 5 is configured as Access to F11-F20

Key NumberSetting
1Line 1*
2Line 1
3Quick dial
4Quick dial
5Access to F11-F20
6-14Quick dial
15Access to F11-F20
16-20Quick dial

* You can assign more than one key to a certain type of function. For example, you can configure keys 1 and 2 to access Line 1, and keys 3 and 4 to access Line 2. Label the keys appropriately for deskset users after configuration. A printable fill-in template is available for download at extranet.alcatel-business.com

To assign functions to programmable keys, please see Programmable Function Keys on page 118

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Temporis IP151

Temporis IP151 is an entry level business phone. Its features include:

2.5-inch backlit Liquid Crystal Display

Speakerphone, Headset, Hold and Mute

Up to 2 SIP Registrations

Up to 6 active SIP sessions

3-way conferencing, N-way network conferencing

10 dual-function programmable keys, 5 with bicolor led

Customizable softkeys, hardkeys, logo, ringtone and language, XML browser, action urls

10 speed dial numbers (long press dial keypad)

Message Waiting alert LED

Dual 10/100 Mbps Ethernet ports with Power over Ethernet

IPv6 support

200-entry Call Log, 1000-entry downloadable local phonebook, LDAP

Quick reference guide

The controls you will need to use to configure the phone manually are the same as in IP150. Please refer to Temporis IP150 Quick reference guide chapter on page 11.

Programmable Keys

Usage and default values are the same as in IP150. Please refer to Temporis IP150 Programmable Keys chapter on page 12.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Temporis IP251G

Temporis IP251G is an entry level business phone. Its features include:

2.5-inch backlit Liquid Crystal Display

Speakerphone, Headset, Hold and Mute

Up to 2 SIP Registrations

Up to 6 active SIP sessions

3-way conferencing, N-way network conferencing

2 programmable keys with bicolor led backlight

Customizable softkeys, hardkeys, logo, ringtone and language, XML browser, action urls

10 speed dial numbers (long press dial keypad)

Message Waiting alert LED

Dual 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet ports with Power over Ethernet

IPv6 support

200-entry Call Log, 1000-entry downloadable local phonebook, LDAP

Quick reference guide

The controls you will need to use to configure the phone manually are described below.

Line Press to change dial-out account (shown if second sip account is registered only) ALCATEL 11:09am 25/09/13 John Smith 2325550176 Directory Line Call Log OK Press to enter the menu, to select a menu item or save an entry or setting. CALL Log Press to quickly access call lists menu NAVIGATION KEY While in menus, press ▲ or ▼ to scroll through the menu, highlight items or change settings. Press ◀ or ▶ to navigate through softkey pages While entering names or numbers, press ◀ or ▶ to move the cursor left or right. CANCEL While in a menu, press to cancel an operation and exit the menu.

In idle mode, press to see

Network status, or press once and then long press to reboot the phone

Navigation key also provides shortcuts to the following functions in idle mode:

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Voicemail

Press to access Voicemail menu

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - Voicemail - 1

natural_image Circular mechanical component with directional arrows indicating rotation or flow (no text or symbols)

Redial

Press to access redial list

The deskset external features that are relevant to installation and configuration are described below.

ALCATEL 1 ABC 2 DEF 3 CHI 4 JKL 5 MNO 6 PGRS 7 TUV 8 WXYZ 9 * 0 # Torgoma IP2510

Programmable keys with backlight

Can be programmed to perform various functions or access various features.

For example:

Press to access a line to make a call

Press to dial a monitored extension or a quick-dial number

Press to answer a ringing call on any line or monitored extension

See also Programmable Keys on page 15.

2.5mm corded headset input (on side)

Programmable Keys

The table below lists the default settings for the programmable keys. The key assignments on your phone may be different. Some keys may be programmed as Quick Dial keys, or access to other functions like Call forward, for example.

Key NumberSetting
1Line 1*
2Line 1

* You can assign more than one key to a certain type of function. For example, you can configure keys 1 and 2 to access Line 1, or one of the keys to access Line 2.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Temporis IP300

Temporis IP300 is a mid-range business phone with cordless capabilities. Its features include:

2.5-inch backlit Liquid Crystal Display

Speakerphone, Headset, Hold and Mute

Up to 3 SIP Registrations

Up to 6 active SIP sessions

3-way conferencing, N-way network conferencing

IP70H DECT headset and IP15 DECT handset support

12 dual-function programmable keys with bicolor led

Customizable softkeys and logo

10 speed dial numbers (long press dial keypad)

Message Waiting alert LED

Dual 10/100 Mbps Ethernet ports with Power over Ethernet

200-entry Call Log, downloadable local and LDAP phonebooks

Quick reference guide

The controls you will need to use to configure the phone manually are described below.

Line Press to change dial-out account (shown if second sip account is registered only) ALCATEL 11:09am 25/09/13 John Smith 2325550176 Directory Line Call Log Call Log Press to quickly access call lists menu OK Press to select a menu item or save an entry or setting. CANCEL While in a menu, press to cancel an operation and exit the menu. In idle mode, long press to reboot the phone MENU Press to enter the menu. OK MENU Hold key In conversation, press to place active call on hold. In idle mode, press to quickly access Network Status menu NAVIGATION KEY While in menus, press ▲ or ▼ to scroll through the menu, highlight items or change settings. Press ◀ or ▶ to navigate through softkey pages While entering names or numbers, press ◀ or ▶ to move the cursor left or right.

Navigation key also provides shortcuts to the following functions in idle mode:

Voicemail

Press to access Voicemail menu

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - Voicemail - 1

natural_image Circular mechanical component with directional arrows indicating rotation or force (no text or symbols)

Redial

Press to access redial list

The deskset external features that are relevant to installation and configuration are described below.

ALCATEL 1 ABC 2 EXP 3 SCH 4 JKL 5 MNO 6 PUBR 7 TUV 8 WXYZ 9 * - 0 # Tremada BP200

Programmable keys

Can be programmed to perform various functions or access various features.

For example:

Press to access a line to make a call

Press to dial a monitored extension or a quick-dial number

Press to answer a ringing call on any line or monitored extension

See also Programmable Keys on page 15.

Directory card

To write names on the directory card, pull out the directory card from under the plastic cover.

A fill-in printable template is available at extranet.alcatel-business.com

2.5mm corded headset input (on side)

Access F13 to F24

Press this key to switch to the second possible value of a programmable key.

Programmable Keys

The table below lists the default settings for the programmable keys. The key assignments on your phone may be different. Some keys may be programmed as Quick Dial keys, or access to other functions like Call forward, for example.

Key NumberSetting
1Line 1*
2Line 1
3-12Quick dial

* You can assign more than one key to a certain type of function. For example, you can configure keys 1 and 2 to access Line 1, and keys 3 and 4 to access Line 2. Label the keys appropriately for deskset users after configuration.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Temporis IP301G

Temporis IP301G is a mid-range business phone with cordless capabilities. Its features include:

2.5-inch backlit Liquid Crystal Display

Speakerphone, Headset, Hold and Mute

Up to 3 SIP Registrations

Up to 6 active SIP sessions

3-way conferencing, N-way network conferencing

IP70H DECT headset and IP15 DECT handset support

12 dual-function programmable keys with bicolor led

Customizable softkeys, hardkeys, logo and ringtone, XML browser, action urls

10 speed dial numbers (long press dial keypad)

Message Waiting alert LED

Dual 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet ports with Power over Ethernet

IPv6 support

200-entry Call Log, 1000-entry downloadable local phonebook, LDAP

Quick reference guide

The controls you will need to use to configure the phone manually are the same as for IP300. Please check Temporis IP300 Quick reference guide on page 14.

Programmable Keys

Usage and default values are the same as in IP300. Please refer to Temporis IP300 Programmable Keys chapter on page 15.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Temporis IP700G

Temporis IP700G is a feature business phone with cordless capabilities. Its features include:

3.5-inch backlit Liquid Crystal Display

Speakerphone, Headset, Hold and Mute

Up to 6 SIP Registrations

Up to 6 active SIP sessions

3-way conferencing, N-way network conferencing

IP70H DECT headset and IP15 DECT handset support

16 dual-function programmable keys with bicolor led

Customizable softkeys and logo

10 speed dial numbers (long press dial keypad)

Message Waiting alert LED

Dual 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet ports

Power over Ethernet enabled

200-entry Call Log, downloadable local and LDAP phonebooks

Quick reference guide

The controls you will need to use to configure the phone manually are described below.

Settings

Press to access Settings menu

Line

Press to change dial-out account (shown if more than one sip account is registered only)

ALCATEL 00:01 01/01/14 ALCATEL Ext207 Line CaliFwd Directory Settings OK Press to select MENU Prem OK C W

OK

Press to select a menu item or save an entry or setting.

Call Log

Press to quickly access call lists menu

Press to enter the menu.

While in menus, press ▲ or ▼ to scroll through the menu, highlight items or change settings.

Press ◀ or ▶ to navigate through softkey pages

While entering names or numbers, press ◀ or ▶ to move the cursor left or right.

CANCEL

While in a menu, press to cancel an operation and exit the menu.

In idle mode, long press to reboot the phone

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - CANCEL - 1

Hold key

In conversation, press to place active call on hold.

In idle mode, press to quickly access Network

Status menu

ALCATEL

home & business phones

The deskset external features that are relevant to installation and configuration are described below.

ALCATEL ON/OFFOISCHWA ALCATEL Ext207 Line CallFirst Direction Settings 1 ANG 2 DEF 3 QAY 4 JKL 5 MWD 6 PORS 7 TUV 8WXYZ 9 * -0 # MENU OK OFF EXP EXP EXP EXP EXP EXP EXP EXP EXP Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Exp Compens IPTMID

Programmable keys

Can be programmed to perform various functions or access various features.

For example:

Press to access a line to make a call

Press to dial a monitored extension or a quick-dial number

Press to answer a ringing call on any line or monitored extension

See also Programmable Keys on page 20.

Directory card

To write names on the directory card, pull out the directory card from under the plastic cover.

A fill-in printable template is available at extranet.alcatel-business.com

2.5mm corded headset input (on side)

Access F13 to F24

Press this key to switch to the second possible value of a programmable key.

Programmable Keys

The table below lists the default settings for the programmable keys. The key assignments on your phone may be different. Some keys may be programmed as Quick Dial keys, or access to other functions like Call forward, for example.

Key NumberSetting
1Line 1*
2Line 1
3-16Quick dial

* You can assign more than one key to a certain type of function. For example, you can configure keys 1 and 2 to access Line 1, and keys 3 and 4 to access Line 2. Label the keys appropriately for deskset users after configuration.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Temporis IP701G

Temporis IP701G is a feature business phone with cordless capabilities. Its features include:

3.5-inch backlit Liquid Crystal Display

Speakerphone, Headset, Hold and Mute

Up to 6 SIP Registrations

Up to 6 active SIP sessions

3-way conferencing, N-way network conferencing

IP70H DECT headset and IP15 DECT handset support

16 dual-function programmable keys with bicolor led

Customizable softkeys, hardkeys, logo and ringtone, XML browser, action urls

10 speed dial numbers (long press dial keypad)

Message Waiting alert LED

Dual 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet ports with Power over Ethernet

IPv6 support

200-entry Call Log, 1000-entry downloadable local phonebook, LDAP

Quick reference guide

The controls you will need to use to configure the phone manually are described below.

Settings

Press to access Settings menu

Line

Press to change dial-out account (shown if more than one sip account is registered only)

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - Line - 1

Hold key

In conversation, press to place active call on hold.

In idle mode, press to quickly access Network Status menu

ALCATEL
00:01 01/01/14 ALCATEL Ext207 Line CallFwd Directory Settings

OK

Press to select a menu item or save an entry or setting.

MENU i? OK

Call Log

Press to quickly access call lists menu

Press to enter the menu.

While in menus, press ▲ or ▼ to scroll through the menu, highlight items or change settings.

Press ◀ or ▶ to navigate through softkey pages

While entering names or numbers, press ◀ or ▶ to move the cursor left or right.

CANCEL

While in a menu, press to cancel an operation and exit the menu.

In idle mode, long press to reboot the phone

ALCATEL

home & business phones

The deskset external features that are relevant to installation and configuration are described below.

ALCATEL EATGE7 1 ABC 2 DEF 3 DAB 4 -5 MHD 6 PQRS 7 TUV 8 MEXT 9 * -0 # Tangwanis BTCHG

Programmable keys

Can be programmed to perform various functions or access various features.

For example:

Press to access a line to make a call

Press to dial a monitored extension or a quick-dial number

Press to answer a ringing call on any line or monitored extension

See also Programmable Keys on page 20.

Directory card

To write names on the directory card, pull out the directory card from under the plastic cover.

A fill-in printable template is available at extranet.alcatel-business.com

2.5mm corded headset input (on side)

Access F13 to F24

Press this key to switch to the second possible value of a programmable key.

Programmable Keys

The table below lists the default settings for the programmable keys. The key assignments on your phone may be different. Some keys may be programmed as Quick Dial keys, or access to other functions like Call forward, for example.

Key NumberSetting
1Line 1*
2Line 1
3-16Quick dial

* You can assign more than one key to a certain type of function. For example, you can configure keys 1 and 2 to access Line 1, and keys 3 and 4 to access Line 2. Label the keys appropriately for deskset users after configuration.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Alcatel IP2015/IP2115

Alcatel IP2015/IP2115 are multiline multi-handset IP DECT systems. Basic package includes one base and one handset. IP2015/IP2115 features include:

Out-of-sight, wall mountable, PoE enabled base station

Up to 6 independent SIP Registrations

Up to 6 IP15 handsets supported per base, with over-the air sw upgrade (SUOTA)

Up to 4 concurrent wideband calls per base

3-way conferencing, N-way network conferencing

Shared and LDAP phonebooks

10/100 Mbps Ethernet port

IPv6 support (IP2115 only)

As for the IP15 handset:

1.9-inch backlit Liquid Crystal Display

Wideband audio, hands free

Headset jack and belt clip

10 speed dial numbers (long press dial keypad)

Message Waiting alert LED

Access to local, shared and LDAP phonebooks

Easy access to business functions

Quick reference guide

The controls you will need to use to configure the phone manually are described below.

Line

Press left softkey in idle mode to select dial-out account

While in menus, press ▲ or ▼ to scroll through the menu, highlight items or change settings. While entering names or numbers, press ▲ or ▼ to move the cursor left or right.

Transfer

Press to start a call transfer

Talk

Press to answer or start a call

ALCATEL William 1 09:27 07/09 LINE MENU ( ) ( OK CONF VOL ▲ OR VOL ▼ OR INT

Call Hold

Press to put active call on hold

Press right softkey in idle mode to enter the menu.

OK

Press to select a menu item, display available options, toggle among two options or save an entry or

CONF

Press to start a 3 way call

Talk off/Power

Press to release a call. Or to switch on/off (long press)

Intercom

Press to start an internal call to other handsets

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Although there are often dedicated menu items, navigation key also provides shortcuts to the following functions:

CID/VOL -

In idle mode press to quickly access Call Logs menu

When in a call press to decrease received audio volume

At incoming call press to decrease ringer level

WE ▲ DR OK WE ▼ DR

DIR/VOL +

In idle mode press to quickly access Contacts menu

When in a call press to increase received audio volume

At incoming call press to increase ringer level

The elements of the base unit you need to consider are the following:

Paging/Registration button

Press to locate all registered handsets.

Long press to set the base unit into DECT registration mode

Power and VoIP LEDs

Status indication is as follows:

StatusPowerVoIP
Connected to router and IP address assignedON
IP address not availableFlash
All accounts registeredON
At least one active account unregisteredOFF
DECT registration modeFlashFlash

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - Power and VoIP LEDs - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a cylindrical device with control panel and buttons, no text or symbols present

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - Power and VoIP LEDs - 2

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical device with internal components and an orange arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

RESET

Press with a paper clip or sharp object to restore the unit to its default settings.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Conference IP1850

Conference IP1850 is an advanced audioconference device. Its features include:

Wideband, high power speaker

2 embedded microphones

4 detachable wireless microphones with built-in charging cradle

2.5-inch backlit Liquid Crystal Display

Up to 3 SIP Registrations

Up to 6 active SIP sessions

3-way conferencing, N-way network conferencing, hold, mute, transfer

USB connector for PC audio device mode

Customizable softkeys and logo

10 speed dial numbers (long press dial keypad)

Message Waiting alert LED

10/100 Mbps Ethernet ports

Power injector

200-entry Call Log, local and LDAP phonebooks

Quick reference guide

The controls you will need to use to configure the phone manually are described below.

Visual indicator (4)

Check the table on next page for different LED color and cadence meaning

Line

Press to change dial-out account (shown if more than one sip account is registered only)

PC SPK

Once connected to your PC via USB, press to use IP1850 as audio device with your favorite application: Skype, Lync, etc

HOLD

In conversation, press to place active call on hold.

CANCEL

While in a menu, press to cancel an operation and exit the menu.

MUTE

In conversation, press to disable all microphones. Press again to enable.

ALCATEL 14:10 25/03/2015 MENU OK Press to on hold. Press to on and exit ation, press to microphones. to enable. ErisStation® IP1850 Talk ON Press to

Press to enter the menu.

OK

Press to select a menu item or save an entry or setting.

While in menus, press ▲ or ▼ to scroll through the menu, highlight items or change settings.

Press ◀ or ▶ to navigate through softkey pages

While entering names or numbers, press ◀ or ▶ to move the cursor left or right.

Talk ON/OFF

Press to launch or answer a call. Press again to release a call.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

On the wireless microphones you have the following elements:

MUTE

In conversation, press to temporarily deactivate (mute) all microphones. Press again to enable (unmute).

Diagram showing a device with labeled components and directional arrows, likely illustrating a physical or engineering concept.

Remove and activate mic

Push gently on the arrow area to remove the microphone from its cradle.

Please note wireless mics are deactivated while on their cradle. For best user experience, if users are located at or farther than 1m from the main unit, it is recommended to activate and use these mics by detaching them from their cradle.

Visual indicator

Check the table below for color/ cadence meaning

Visual indicators description

LED statusMain UnitWireless mics
Steady orangeCharging in progress
Flashing orangeNetwork failureLow battery
Steady greenSpeakerphone in useMic in use or PC mode
Quick flashing greenIncoming callIncoming call
Slow flashing greenA call is held
Steady redMute activatedAll mics muted
Slow flashing redMic in paging mode, out of range or not registered
Quick flashing green & redRegistration mode

Network Requirements

A switched network topology is recommended for your LAN (using standard 10/100 or 10/100/1000 Ethernet switches).

The office LAN infrastructure should use Cat.-5 (or better) cable for 10/100, and Cat.-6 for 10/100/1000.

The LAN connections to the devices(s) should all be wired. However, wireless connections to other devices (such as laptops) in your office will not impede performance.

All devices must reside on a single subnet. A DHCP server is recommended and must be on the same subnet as the devices so that IP addresses can be auto-assigned. In most cases, your network router will have a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server that will automatically assign IP addresses to clients. By default, the phone has DHCP enabled for automatic IP address assignment.

If no DHCP server is present, you can assign static IPs to devices. If you do not have a DHCP server or do not manually assign static IPs, you will not be able to access the WebUI and/or enable automatic time updates from an NTP server.

Unless you want to manually set the system clock and manually or locally upgrade software, an Internet connection to the LAN is required.

A DNS server is recommended to resolve the path to the Internet and to a server for firmware and configuration updates.

If necessary, the system administrator can also download upgrade files and use the WebUI to update the device firmware and/or configuration settings manually.

For users whose computers require a GigE Ethernet frame rate (a gigabit per second), use either IP700G phone or separate Ethernet connections for the deskset and the computer.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Installation

This section assumes that your network infrastructure is established and that your hosted IP PBX service has been ordered and configured for your location.

Install the phone close to a router or network switch. You can power the phone using Power over Ethernet or the power adapter/injector (not supplied for all models, see part check list). If you are not using PoE, install the phone near a power outlet not controlled by a wall switch. The phone can be placed on a flat surface or vertically mounted on the wall.

For customer service or product information, visit our website at extranet.alcatel-business.com.

Avoid placing the deskset too close to:

Communication devices such as television sets, DVD players, or other cordless telephones. Excessive heat sources.

Noise sources such as a window with traffic outside, motors, microwave ovens, refrigerators, or fluorescent lighting.

Excessive dust sources such as a workshop or garage.

Excessive moisture.

Extremely low temperature.

Mechanical vibration or shock such as on top of a washing machine or work bench.

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - Installation - 1

flowchart
graph LR
    A["Hosted IP PBX"] --> B["Router"]
    B --> C["LAN Switch*"]
    C --> D["Computer connected through PC port"]
    B -->|Required if sufficient router ports are not available| C

Figure 1: Temporis IP300 Installation Example

Temporis IP100/IP150/IP151 installation

To install the phone:

  1. If you plan to place the phone on a flat surface, you can use one of the two available positions depending on the work angle you wish to have, ie with or without the detachable foot stand. To assemble the stand line up the tabs on the stand (marked with triangles) with the slots on the rear of the phone as shown in the picture

Click ↓ Push ↑ Click

Plug the end of the coiled handset cord into the Handset jack at the left side of the phone.

  1. Plug one end of the Ethernet cable into the Ethernet port at the back of the console, and plug the other end of the cable into your network router or switch.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

LAN cord PC connection (IP150) Power supply (if no PoE)

NOTE: You may need to use a network switch connected to your router if your router does not have sufficient ports for the number of phones you want to install. If you use a network switch, connect the phone to the switch instead of the router in the previous step.

  1. If the deskset is not using power from a PoE-capable network router or switch, or in any case for an IP150M:

a. Connect the power adapter to the deskset power jack.

b. Plug the power adapter into an electrical outlet not controlled by a wall switch.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

  1. Use only original power adapters. Contact your distributor to order.
  2. The power adapter is intended to be correctly oriented in a vertical or floor mount position. The prongs are not designed to hold the plug in place if it is plugged into a ceiling, under-the-table or cabinet outlet.

If there is a networked computer and no extra Ethernet wall ports near the phone, then the phone and PC can share the same network connection.

To share a network connection with a PC (IP150/IP151 only):

  1. Plug a Cat.-5 Ethernet cable into the PC port on the phone.
  2. Plug the other end of the Cat.-5 Ethernet cable into your computer's network port.

If a GigE network is being used, a computer connected through the phone will be limited to 100 Mbits/s. If you require a GigE Ethernet rate, use separate Ethernet connections for the phone and the computer.

If a PC is connected to your network through a phone, any phone resets and power or network interruptions will disrupt the PC's connection to the network.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

To mount the phone on the wall:

  1. Disassemble the foot stand
  2. Install wall mount fittings and foot stand as displayed:

Technical diagram of a device casing with labeled components and numbered parts

  1. Put the corded handset aside. Use a coin to rotate the handset tab 180 degrees. The protruding edge holds the corded handset when the phone is mounted on the wall.

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - To mount the phone on the wall: - 2

natural_image Two identical black plastic door covers with orange arrows indicating transformation or change, no text or symbols present.
  1. Connect the network cable(s) and power adapter (if required).
  2. Hang the phone using holes on the wall mount fitting part.

Temporis IP251G/IP300/IP301G/IP701G installation

To install the phone:

  1. If you plan to place the phone on a flat surface, you can use one of the two available positions depending on the work angle you wish to have. To assemble the stand line up the tabs on the stand (marked with lozenges) with the slots on the rear of the phone as shown in the picture

Click Push at A or B Click

Plug the end of the coiled handset cord into the Handset jack at the back of the phone.

  1. Plug one end of the Ethernet cable into the Ethernet port at the back of the console, and plug the other end of the cable into your network router or switch.

PC connection LAN cord Power supply (if no PoE)

NOTE: You may need to use a network switch connected to your router if your router does not have sufficient ports for the number of phones you want to install. If you use a network switch, connect the phone to the switch instead of the router in the previous step.

  1. If the deskset is not using power from a PoE-capable network router or switch:

a. Connect the power adapter to the deskset power jack.

b. Plug the power adapter into an electrical outlet not controlled by a wall switch.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

  1. Use only original power adapters. Contact your distributor to order.
  2. The power adapter is intended to be correctly oriented in a vertical or floor mount position. The prongs are not designed to hold the plug in place if it is plugged into a ceiling, under-the-table or cabinet outlet.

If there is a networked computer and no extra Ethernet wall ports near the phone, then the phone and PC can share the same network connection.

To share a network connection with a PC:

  1. Plug a Cat.-5 Ethernet cable into the PC port on the phone.
  2. Plug the other end of the Cat.-5 Ethernet cable into your computer's network port.

For IP300, if a GigE network is being used, a computer connected through the phone will be limited to 100 Mbits/s. If you require a GigE Ethernet rate, use separate Ethernet connections for the phone and the computer. This remark is not applicable to IP251G, IP301G or IP701G, since all of them have a GigE switch.

If a PC is connected to your network through a phone, any phone resets and power or network interruptions will disrupt the PC's connection to the network.

To mount the phone on the wall:

  1. Put the corded handset aside. Use a coin to rotate the handset tab 180 degrees. The protruding edge holds the corded handset when the phone is mounted on the wall.

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - To mount the phone on the wall: - 1

natural_image Two identical black plastic door covers with orange arrows indicating rotation or change, no text or symbols present.
  1. Connect the network cable(s) and power adapter (if required).
  2. Hang the phone on the wall using wall mount holes.

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - To mount the phone on the wall: - 2

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical device with highlighted components (no text or symbols)

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Temporis IP700G installation

To install the phone:

  1. If you plan to place the phone on a flat surface, you can use one of the multiple available positions depending on the work angle you wish to have. Simply adjust the foot stand with the slots on the rear of the phone as shown in the picture

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - To install the phone: - 1

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical device with internal components and directional arrows (no text or symbols)
  1. Plug the end of the coiled handset cord into the Handset jack at the left hand side of the phone.

Handset coil cord

  1. Plug one end of the Ethernet cable into the Ethernet port at the back of the console, and plug the other end of the cable into your network router or switch.

LAN port PC port Power (if no PoE)

NOTE: You may need to use a network switch connected to your router if your router does not have sufficient ports for the number of phones you want to install. If you use a network switch, connect the phone to the switch instead of the router in the previous step.

  1. If the desk set is not using power from a PoE-capable network router or switch:

ALCATEL

home & business phones

a. Connect the power adapter to the deskset power jack.
b. Plug the power adapter into an electrical outlet not controlled by a wall switch.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

  1. Use only original power adapters. Contact your distributor to order.
  2. The power adapter is intended to be correctly oriented in a vertical or floor mount position. The prongs are not designed to hold the plug in place if it is plugged into a ceiling, under-the-table or cabinet outlet.

If there is a networked computer and no extra Ethernet wall ports near the phone, then the phone and PC can share the same network connection.

To share a network connection with a PC:

  1. Plug an Ethernet cable into the PC port on the phone.
  2. Plug the other end of the Ethernet cable into your computer's network port.

If a GigE network is being used, make sure Cat.-6 cables are used.

If a PC is connected to your network through a phone, any phone resets and power or network interruptions will disrupt the PC's connection to the network.

To mount the phone on the wall:

  1. Fold the foot stand as depicted
  2. Assemble the wall mount accessory
  3. Put the corded handset aside. Use a coin to rotate the handset tab 180 degrees. The protruding edge holds the corded handset when the phone is mounted on the wall.
  4. Connect the network cable(s) and power adapter (if required).
  5. Hang the phone on the wall using wall mount holes.

100 mm

Technical diagram showing two views of a device with labeled components, including a numbered callout.

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - To mount the phone on the wall: - 3

natural_image Two identical black plastic door holders with orange arrows indicating rotation or change, no text or symbols present.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Alcatel IP2015/IP2115 installation

To install the base:

  1. Plug one end of the Ethernet cable into the Ethernet port at the side of the base, and plug the other end of the cable into your network router or switch.

NOTE: You may need to use a network switch connected to your router if your router does not have sufficient ports for the number of phones you want to install. If you use a network switch, connect the phone to the switch instead of the router in the previous step.

  1. If the base is not using power from a PoE-capable network router or switch:

a. Connect the power adapter to the base power jack.

b. Plug the power adapter into an electrical outlet not controlled by a wall switch.

Power supply (if no PoE) Router/switch

To mount the base station on the wall :

  1. Assemble the wall mount bracket as depicted.

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - To mount the base station on the wall : - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a portable electronic device and a smartwatch (no text or symbols)

Technical diagram of a device with labeled parts, showing internal components and mounting features

49mm

  1. Connect the network cable and power adapter (if required).

  2. Hang the phone on the wall using wall mount holes.

To install the handset:

  1. Connect handset charging cradle to provided adapter. Plug the adaptor to the mains.

Charger adapter

  1. Insert and connect supplied battery pack into handset battery compartment.

  2. Place the handset on the charger and fully charge the battery 15 hours

Battery pack for

ALCATEL

home & business phones

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

  1. Use only supplied power adapters and battery pack.
  2. The power adapter is intended to be correctly oriented in a vertical or floor mount position. The prongs are not designed to hold the plug in place if it is plugged into a ceiling, under-the-table or cabinet outlet.

Your handset is already subscribed to the base. So if you are installing a system with only one handset you don't need to perform any association procedure.

If you acquire additional handsets you will need to follow some simple steps. See Setting up IP2015/IP2115 with multiple IP15 handsets on page 53.

Conference IP1850 installation

To install the main unit:

  1. Plug one end of the Cat-5 cable with yellow connectors to the LAN port of your IP1850. Connect the other end to the "IP1850" port on the supplied power adapter/injector.

TO ADAPTER IP1800 LAN ① ② ③

  1. Plug the second Ethernet cable into the "LAN" port on the power injector, and plug the other end into your network router or switch.

NOTE: You may need to use a network switch connected to your router if your router does not have sufficient ports for the number of phones you want to install. If you use a network switch, connect the phone to the switch instead of the router in the previous step.

  1. Connect the power cable onto the power injector, and plug the other end into an electrical outlet not controlled by a wall switch.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

To install the wireless microphones:

  1. For each microphone, activate the battery by pulling away the plastic tag, or insert the battery into its compartment.

  2. Place the microphones on the charging cradles

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - To install the wireless microphones: - 1

NOTE: If the microphone unit does not turn on when plastic tag is removed, take the battery out, reinsert and charge for 8 hours. Wireless mics are active while detached from main unit only. To get the best of your conference phone, if you are placed at or farther than 1m from the base please remove mic by pushing on the arrow at the top of the mic.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

  1. Use only provided power adapter/injector.
  2. Use the batteries supplied in the package only. Use of any other type of battery presents a risk of explosion. Used batteries must be disposed of in compliance with current environmental protection regulations.
  3. The power plug is intended to be correctly oriented in a vertical or floor mount position. The prongs are not designed to hold the plug in place if it is plugged into a ceiling, under-the-table or cabinet outlet.

To connect IP1850 to your computer:

  1. Plug the micro USB end of the USB cable supplied in the package to the main unit USB connector as depicted below.
  2. Plug the other end into a USB port on your computer

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - To connect IP1850 to your computer: - 1

natural_image Technical line drawing of a car interior panel with labeled components (no text or symbols present)

ALCATEL

home & business phones

To associate a new wireless microphone:

Your IP1850 is shipped with all four wireless microphones already associated to the main unit. In the unlikely event you need to replace any of them, you will find herewith instructions to associate a new microphone.

  1. On the main unit, go to Menu> 3.User settings >4.Wireless microphones >1.Register

  2. Place an unregistered microphone on the cradle

  3. IP1850 should indicate the success of the operation.

NOTE: Registration has to be done for one mic at a time. Moreover, you will not be able to register a new microphone if there are already 4 mics associated to the unit. To unregister microphones see next paragraph.

To disassociate the wireless microphones from the main unit:

  1. On the main unit, go to Menu> 3.User settings >4.Wireless microphones >2.Deregister

  2. All wireless mics will be unregistered from the base. To re-associate them see the previous paragraph.

To disassociate a wireless microphone without the main unit:

Should you need to delete association information from a wireless microphone without having access to its former main unit, this is the procedure:

  1. Remove the battery from the wireless mic to power it off

  2. Press and hold MUTE key while power on (reinsert battery)

  3. Keep holding MUTE key for 10 seconds

  4. Release MUTE key and short press it again within 5 seconds

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Configuring your device

You can configure your device using three methods:

From the phone itself, using the menus. The phone menus are best suited to configuring a few settings, perhaps after the initial setup has been done. For administrators, the settings available on the phone menus menu include network, account, and provisioning settings. See Using the Admin Settings menu on page 61. Most of the settings accessible on the phone itself are most useful for end users. Through the menu, they can customize the screen appearance, sounds, and manage calls. For more information, see the respective models Quick User Guides. This paragraph does not apply to Temporis IP100. See Setting up Temporis IP100 phone on page 48.

The Web User Interface, or WebUI, which you access using your Internet browser. See Using the WebUI on page 86. The browser-based interface is easy to navigate and best-suited to configuring a large variety of phone settings. The WebUI has every setting required for configuring a single phone. You can enter service provider account settings on the WebUI, configure the programmable keys, and set up provisioning, which will allow you to automatically and remotely update the phone after initial configuration.

Provisioning using configuration files. Working with configuration files is the best way to configuring multiple phones. There are several methods available to enable the phone to find the configuration file. For example, you can enable the phone, when it starts up or reboots, to check for the presence of a configuration file on a provisioning server. If the configuration file is new or has been modified in any way, the phone automatically downloads the file and applies the new settings. For more information, see Provisioning Using Configuration Files on page 193.

Minimum configuration

Assuming you have IP connectivity, the minimum configuration will be one sip account.

To configure a sip account using the phone menu, see chapter Line Menu on page 68. Not applicable to IP100 or IP2015/IP2115.

To configure one or more sip accounts using the web interface, see SIP Account Management on page 90.

If you prefer to use configuration files, see "sip_account" Module: SIP Account Settings on page 207.

Verifying the installation: idle Screen

The default idle screen appears after the phone is connected and configured for your SIP service. The idle screen indicates that you have no active or held calls. Idle screen aspect varies depending on the product.

11:09am 25/09/13 John Smith 2325550176 Directory Line Call Log 00:01 01/01/14 ALCATEL Ext207 Line CallFwd Directory Settings William 1 09:27 07/09 LINE MENU 11:22 am 25/06/2015 John Smith 2325550176 Redial Line PC SPK

Figure 2: Idle screen for (left to right) IP150/IP151/IP251G/IP300/IP301G, IP700G/IP701G, IP15 and IP1850

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Note "Line" softkey will be shown only if you have configured and registered more than one sip account.

Configuring Programmable keys

Temporis IP100, IP150, IP151, IP251G, IP300, IP301G, IP700G and IP701G

models are equipped with programmable keys with a dual-color backlight (orange and green). Keys are numbered top to bottom, and then left to right when applicable.

In all models listed above there is a mechanism to access a second virtual key on each physical key. For IP300, IP301G, IP700G and IP701G this is done via "Access to second function" [icon] key, whereas in IP100 and IP150 F5/F15 can be assigned for this purpose if desired.

The number of programmable function keys and toggle mechanism for each model is shown in the table below.

ModelNumber of PFKsNumber of keys with backlightAccess to second functionNumber of virtual keys
Temporis IP100105F5/F15 (config)18
Temporis IP150/IP151105F5/F15 (config)18
Temporis IP251G22N/A2
Temporis IP300/IP301G1212“Lower” key24
Temporis IP700G/IP701G1616“Lower” key32

You can assign functions to the programmable keys. You can select one option for each physical or virtual key. Keys can have identical functions. For example, you can assign several "Line" keys for Line 1 to enable users to manage multiple calls on Line 1. You can also assign multiple Quick Dial keys.

Depending on the feature, you may need to select also the line (account) for which it is applicable and some value.

The programmable key settings are available:

-from the phone menu: Main Menu > User Settings > Programmable keys. See Programmable Keys on page 15 and Customizing your phone with User Settings menu on page 60. Not applicable to Temporis IP100.

-from the WUI System>Programmable keys page. See Programmable Function Keys on page118 .

-as parameters in the configuration file. See "pfk" Module: Programmable Feature Key Settings on page 225.

Functions available to programmable keys

ALCATEL

home & business phones

A PFK can be assigned one of the following functions:

Line

Directory

Call History

Redial

Messages

Do not disturb

Quick Dial

BLF—Busy lamp field keys let you monitor activity at other phones. The key LED indicates call status.

Call Forward Unconditional

Call Forward Busy

Call Forward No Answer

Call Forward All

Park Call—Dials the access code to park your current call, or transfers the call to the parking extension. To program access codes, see Using the Admin Settings menu on page 61.

Retrieve Parked Call—Dials the access code to retrieve a parked call.

In-Call DTMF—Dials a string of numbers while you are on a call. For example, pressing the key might dial a conference access code.

Call Back—Dials the number of the last missed call.

Intercom/Page—If this feature is enabled, press the Intercom key to call one or a group of phones. You can configure Intercom calls to be automatically answered. See SIP Account Management on page 90.

Multicast page—When enabled as a multicast page key, the user can press the key to page other phones. Multicast paging differs from standard paging in that it is handled locally by the Deskset and does not require a subscription through the hosted server.

ACD—If enabled as an ACD (Automatic Call Distribution) key, the user can press the key to display the ACD State menu on the phone. The user can select an ACD state from the menu, and the key LED will indicate the selected state. See the User Guide for more information about using the ACD State menu. The ACD feature is compatible with Broadsoft's Broadworks Call Center Application.

Group Call Pickup—Dials the Group Call Pickup code, allowing you to answer a call ringing at another extension.

Direct Call Pickup—Dials the Direct Call Pickup code, allowing you to answer a call ringing at a specific extension. After pressing the button, you may need to enter the extension number manually.

LED behavior

For a PFK, LED behavior depends on the function assigned, according to the following table:

Key FunctionLED ActivityDescription
LineFlashing ORANGESteady GREENQuickly flashing GREENSlowly flashing GREENAccount not registeredDialing or on a callRinging incoming callHeld call
Shared accountSteady ORANGESlowly flashing ORANGEShared account is on a callShared account is on hold

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Do Not DisturbOffSteady ORANGEDND is offDND is on
Call ForwardOffSteady ORANGECall forwarding is offCall forwarding is on
PageSteady GREENOutgoing page in progress
Busy Lamp FieldOffSteady ORANGEQuickly flashing ORANGEFlashing ORANGEMonitored phone is idleMonitored phone is on a call or has a held callThe monitored phone is ringingBLF registration error
Automatic Call DistributionQuickly flashing GREENSteady GREENSlow Flash GREENSteady ORANGESlowly flashing ORANGEQuickly flashing ORANGEACD agent “wrap up” stateACD agent ready stateACD agent unavailable stateACD logged onACD logged offACD subscription error

ALCATEL

home & business phones

For Temporis IP150, IP151, IP251G, IP300, IP301G, IP700G, IP701G and

Conference IP1850 you can upload custom logos to be displayed on the phone idle screen and during bootup. Uploading logos is done using the configuration file. The parameters for uploading custom logos are described in Uploading a custom logo on page 44. The default logo for both bootup and idle mode is the ALCATEL logo.

ALCATEL

00:01 01/01/14 ALCATEL Ext207 Line CallFwd Directory Settings

Idle screen logo behavior

The behavior described below is enabled by default and can be modified or disabled using the configuration files.

For Temporis IP150, IP151, IP251G, IP300, IP301G and Conference IP1850 you can enable the idle mode logo to appear instead of the idle screen after a specified period of inactivity. You can also enable the phone screen to cycle between the logo and the idle screen when the phone is in idle mode by setting both the user_pref.idle_to_logo_timeout and the user_pref formula_to_idle_timeout parameters.

For IP700G and IP701G there is no cycling; default or customized logo (or no logo) will be displayed on the idle screen.

See also "user_pref" Module: User Preference Settings on page 221 for more details about these parameters.

Logo specifications

The file type and dimensions for bootup and idle screen logos are listed in the table below.

ModelFile typeDimensions (wxh)
Temporis IP150/IP151Temporis IP251GTemporis IP300/IP301GConference IP1850Monochrome bitmap (.bmp)158×57 pixels
Temporis IP700G/IP701GMonochrome bitmap (.bmp)206×51 pixels

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Positioning a custom logo on the screen is a matter of creating a logo with the maximum dimensions listed above, including any surrounding white space. There are no configuration file settings to specify the x-axis or y-axis position of the logo on the screen.

The file.bootup_logo and file.idle_logo parameters in the configuration file allow you to upload a custom bootup logo and custom idle logo. Place the logos on your server and enter the URL for each logo for the file.idle_logo and file.bootup_logo parameters.

If the downloaded logo is found to be invalid, the syslog will record one of the following errors:

  • file not found
  • invalid file format
  • incorrect image size
    • image is not in black and white

See "file" Module: Imported File Settings on page 230 for more details about these parameters.

Custom logo user interactions

For Temporis IP150, IP151, IP251G, IP300, IP301G and Conference IP1850 users, pressing any hard key will exit the idle logo and perform the key's function. For example, pressing MENU will show the Main Menu.

Pressing a soft key when the idle logo is showing will switch to the idle screen.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Customizing Softkeys

For Temporis IP150, IP151, IP251G, IP300, IP301G, IP700g, IP701G and

Conference IP1850, configuration file allows you to select which soft keys should appear on the Idle screen, Active Call screen, Held Call screen and Live Dial screen. You can also specify the position of each soft key.

Some soft keys appear only under certain conditions. For example, the Line soft key on the Idle screen appears only if there is more than one registered SIP account. When a "conditional" soft key is not visible, the soft key's position is left empty.

Soft key levels with no soft keys will not be shown if there are multiple soft key levels (as indicated by the ◀ and ▶ icons). Any soft key level where all soft keys are invisible will be dynamically skipped when the user navigates through the available levels. On the Temporis IP150, IP151, IP251G, IP300, IP301G and IP1850, a soft key level consists of three soft keys (populated or blank) in a row. On IP700G and IP701G each level consists of four soft keys.

The table below shows the soft key options available for each screen. Each screen can have a maximum of nine soft keys.

NOTE: You cannot edit Soft Key text. The configuration file parameters allow you to only select and position the soft keys for each screen. Texts listed here correspond to English; each language has its own soft key list. Should you need this list for a particular language, please contact your support team. An exception is Pgm_dial softkey type. For more information please check "softkey" Module: Custom Soft Key Settings on page 239

ScreenAvailable Soft KeysSoft Key Text
IdleBlankDirectoryCall LogRedial
Directory
Call Log
Redial
MessagesMessageDNDCallFwdFwdAllCFNAFwdBusyIntercom
Do Not Disturb
Call Forward
Call Forward All
Call Forward No Answer
Call Forward Busy
Intercom
Retrieve Parked CallRetrieveCallBackGrpPickupDirPickup
Call Return
Group Call Pickup
Direct Call Pickup

home & business phones

Line (visible with more than one account registered)Line
SettingsSettings
Call ActiveBlankNew
NewPark
Park CallEnd
EndHold
HoldTransfer
TransferConf
ConfXferCall
XferLine (visible with more than one call)ConfCall
ConfLine (visible with more than one call)HS_Pick
hs_pick (visible on IPx01G when a HS is registered)
Call HeldBlankEnd
EndNew
NewPark
Park CallRetrieve
Retrieve Parked CallGrpPickup
Group Call PickupDirPickup
Group Call PickupResume
Direct Call PickupTransfer
ResumeConf
TransferXferCall
TransferConfCall
ConfHS_Pick
Live DialBlankDirectory
DirectoryCall Log
Call Log

ALCATEL

home & business phones

RedialRedial
MessagesMessage
EndEnd
DialDial
Input (alpha/numeric selection for text input mode)123
CancelCancel
BackspcBackspc

Custom Soft Key Configuration File Settings

The custom soft keys parameters are included in the "softkey" module. For more information, see "softkey" Module: Custom Soft Key Settings on page 239.

To modify a soft key parameter, enter values separated by commas. Soft keys appear on the phone screen in the same order as the soft key values you enter. For example, if you take IP150, IP151, IP251G, IP300, IP301G or IP1850, the parameter/value combination of softkey.idle = line,dir,settings will result in the Idle screen shown below:

11:09am 25/09/13 John Smith 2325550176 Line Dir Settings

Note in the above example ◀ and ▶ icons are not displayed as the configured value yields only one softkey level.

If for Conference IP1850 you take the default parameter/value combination softkey.idle = redial,line,pc_spk, call_log,blank ,dir the idle screen below would result:

11:22 am 25/06/2015 John Smith 2325550176 Redial Line PC SPK

And this would be the idle screen for an IP700G or IP701G where softkey.idle = line, call_fwd, dir, settings, call_log, redial, message, dnd

00:01 01/01/14 ALCATEL William 213456789 Line CallFwd Directory Settings

Setting up Temporis IP100 phone

Temporis IP100 has specific management procedures due to its simpler user interface without a display.

You can configure the phone using one of three methods:

  • From the phone itself, using the "star codes" to setup very few network related parameters. It is called "star codes" because it is a sequence of digits to be typed on the phone keypad starting by "*" (star) key.
  • The Web User Interface, or WebUI, which you access using your Internet browser. See Using the WebUI on page 86. The browser-based interface is easy to navigate and best-suited to configuring a large variety of phone settings. The WebUI has every setting required for configuring a single phone. You can enter service provider account settings on the WebUI, configure the programmable keys, and set up provisioning, which will allow you to automatically and remotely update the phone after initial configuration.

The configuration file. Working with configuration files is the best way to configuring multiple phones. There are several methods available to enable the phone to find the configuration file. For example, you can enable the phone, when it starts up or reboots, to check for the presence of a configuration file on a provisioning server. If the configuration file is new or has been modified in any way, the phone automatically downloads the file and applies the new settings. For more information, see Provisioning Using Configuration Files on page 193.

Using the phone "star codes"

As there is no display on this phone, some "star codes" have been implemented to help make the installation and maintenance easier.

Find IP address

When the phone is in idle mode, type on the keyboard the following sequence:

* 1 2 3 4 5 6 #

The IP address of the phone will be announced digit after digit, on the telephone loudspeaker. For instance: one, nine, two, dot, one, six, eight, dot, one, zero, zero, dot, one, zero, zero.

Static IP configuration

When the phone is in idle mode, type on the keyboard the following sequence:

$$ * 7 8 2 8 4 2 # x * x * x * x # y * y * y * y # z * z * z * z # $$

Where x * x * x * x is the IPv4 address the phone will be assign to, y * y * y * y is the subnet mask and z * z * z * z is the default gateway IPv4 address.

The "*" character replaces the usual IPv4 bytes separator "." (dot).

Example: *782842#192*168*100*100#255*255*255*0#192*168*100*1#

A confirmation tone will be played on the telephone loudspeaker before the phone applies the new IP configuration. No reboot is needed.

VLAN configuration

Enable VLAN

When the phone is idle mode, type on the keyboard the following sequence:

ALCATEL

home & business phones

* 7 8 2 8 4 3 # 1 # x #. Where x is the Vlan ID.

A confirmation tone will be played on the telephone loudspeaker before the phone applies the new VLAN configuration. No reboot is needed.

Disable VLAN

When the phone is idle mode, type on the keyboard the following sequence:

*782843#0##

A confirmation tone will be played on the telephone loudspeaker before the phone applies the new VLAN configuration. No reboot is needed.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Setting up IP300/IP301G/IP700G/IP701G with IP70H accessory DECT headset

Temporis IP300, IP301G, IP700G and IP701G models embed a DECT base which allows you to use compatible cordless accessories. You can register and use up to one IP70H accessory headset and one IP15 accessory handset.

Note MMI options are the same for IP30x and IP70xG despite the different display size. Thus pictures show IP300 or IP301G but can be used as reference for IP700G or IP701G as well.

Register a DECT headset

  1. When the phone is idle, press MENU.
  2. On the Main menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight 3.User Settings, then press OK. The User Settings menu appears.

User settings 1. Preferences 2. Display 3. Audio

  1. On the User settings menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight 5.DECT headset, then press OK.

DECT headset 1. Register 2. Deregister

  1. Remove and replace the cordless headset from its charging base.
  2. With Register highlighted, press OK on the deskset. Registering.... appears while the deskset searches for the headset

When registration is complete, Registration succeeded will be displayed and ON/OFF light on the cordless headset turns solid blue.

Note: Registration can be terminated by pressing CANCEL on the deskset.

If the cordless headset is registered to another phone, it must be deregistered first. See "Deregistering a DECT headset". Same applies when the deskset already has one headset registered. It has to be deregistered to be replaced with a new one.

Deregister a DECT headset

  1. When the phone is idle, press MENU.
  2. On the Main menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight 3.User Settings, then press OK. The User Settings menu appears.
  3. On the User settings menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight 5.DECT headset, then press OK.
  4. With Deregister highlighted, press OK on the deskset. The deskset screen displays DECT headset is deregistered. The headset ON/OFF light flashes twice every five seconds to indicate it is not registered.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Deregister a DECT headset without a deskset

You can use this method when you cannot use the deskset for standard deregistration. The deskset may be out of range or may have been removed from the system.

On the headset, press VOL+>ON/OFF>VOL->ON/OFF>VOL+>VOL->ON/OFF

Deskset functionality with an IP70H DECT headset

With IP70H registered to IP300, IP301G, IP700G or IP701G, users can:

  • Take the line to place a call in headset mode, or predial and launch the call in headset mode, with IP70H ON/OFF button, or deskset 🔒 key
  • Receive incoming calls and call waiting tone signalling on the headset
    • Answer a call in headset mode, by pressing. IP70H ON/OFF button, or deskset key
  • Toggle between two calls by long pressing MUTE key on the headset
  • Navigate through calls with the usual call selection methods on the deskset, while keeping audio on the cordless headset
  • Switch to handset or hands free mode anytime during the call

For more instructions please see IP70H Quick User guide.

Setting up IP300/IP301G/IP700G/IP701G with IP15 accessory DECT handset

Temporis IP300, IP301G, IP700G and IP701G desksets embed a DECT base which allows you to use compatible DECT accessories. You can register and use up to one IP70H accessory headset and one IP15 accessory handset.

Note MMI options are the same for IP30x and IP70xG despite the different display size. Thus pictures show IP300 or IP301G but can be used as reference for IP700G or IP701G as well.

Register a DECT handset

  1. When the phone is idle, press MENU.

  2. On the Main menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight 3.User Settings, then press OK. The User Settings menu appears.

User settings 1. Preferences 2. Display 3. Audio

  1. On the User settings menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight 6.DECT handset, then press OK.

DECT handset 1. Register 2. Deregister

  1. Set your handset to registration mode using the menu (Menu>User settings>Registration)

ALCATEL

home & business phones

  1. With Register highlighted, press OK on the deskset. Registering.... appears while the deskset searches for the handset

When registration is complete, Registration succeeded will be displayed and the handset will display its idle screen.

If the handset you are registering to the deskset is equipped with an IP15 firmware version, then you will see a message prompting you to upgrade it for a better compatibility. Check with your technical support to get an IP10 firmware, and see section Firmware Upgrade on page 170 for handset upgrade over-the air instructions.

Note: Registration can be terminated by pressing CANCEL on the deskset.

If the deskset already has one handset registered it has to be deregistered to be replaced with a new one. See next section "Deregistering a DECT handset".

Deregister a DECT handset

  1. When the phone is idle, press MENU.

  2. On the Main menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight 3.User Settings, then press OK. The User Settings menu appears.

  3. On the User settings menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight 6.DECT handset, then press OK.

  4. With Deregister highlighted, press OK on the deskset. The deskset screen displays DECT handset is deregistered. The handset will show its unregistered status.

Deskset functionality with an IP15 DECT handset

With the accessory handset (IP15) registered to IP300, IP301G, IP700G or IP701G, users can:

  • Select dialing line for a call with LINE softkey
    • Use the handset's local directory, or deskset's directories (local, LDAP, black list)
  • Use deskset's call history and account related services (DND, Call forward, Anonymous calls)

- Answer incoming calls, waiting calls and perform hold, mute, transfer and conference

- Locate the handset from the deskset with an acoustic warning via "Locate" softkey. Check chapter about Status menu on page 58.

- Switch audio between IP15 and the deskset during a call (IP301G and IP701G only). A softkey on IP15 and deskset allows you to perform this toggling.

For more detailed instructions please see IP315 and IP15 Quick User guides.

Setting up IP2015/IP2115 with multiple IP15 handsets or IP70H wireless headsets

Alcatel IP2015/IP2115 IP DECT systems support up to six wireless devices (IP15 handsets or IP70H headsets), six independent sip accounts, and a maximum of four concurrent calls in wide band.

The basic package consists of one base and one IP15 handset. For this you will only need to set up the minimum configuration, i.e. IP connectivity and one sip account, to have your system up and running.

If you wish to use more than one handset and/or more than one account, you will need to perform some additional configuration steps, either using the WUI or configuration files. Basically you will be adding the new accounts, managing the new handsets or headsets, and assigning them to accounts.

To configure additional sip accounts using the web interface, see SIP Account Management on page 90.

If you prefer to use configuration files, see "sip_account" Module: SIP Account Settings on page 207.

Note IP70H headsets will not allow you to dial out, so whenever in next paragraphs any action involving dialing is mentioned it will not be applicable to them.

Managing additional IP15 handsets

To associate a new handset to the base:

If you are installing the basic IP2015/IP2115 package, your handset is already subscribed to the base. So if you are installing a system with only one handset you can skip this section.

If you acquire additional handsets you will need to follow these simple steps to associate them to your base.

  1. Press Registration button on the base for 4 seconds, then release. The two leds will blink in orange
  2. In your new IP15 handset, go to Menu>User Settings>Registration>Handset
  3. Select "BASE" softkey and press # key. Input system PIN is you are asked for it. Default is 0000
  4. Your handset should be subscribed and display idle screen with the assigned handset number (1 to 6)

To associate a headset to the base:

  1. Press Registration button on the base for 4 seconds, then release. The two leds will blink in orange
  2. Remove and replace your unregistered IP70H on its charging cradle (connected to the power supply). It must be flashing rapidly in red and blue

Paging/Registration

ALCATEL

home & business phones

  1. After a few seconds your headset should be subscribed and show only the red or blue lights, depending on battery charge status

Note: If the cordless headset is registered to another phone, it must be deregistered first. See "Deregistering a DECT headset".

To rename a handset/headset:

Handset name can be modified to suit your needs. This name will be shown on the handset idle screen, but also on the web UI or menus where you need to select a wireless device (to intercom, transfer, etc). Handset menu, IP2015/IP2115 web interface or configuration files can be used for this purpose. Note the handset has to be associated with the base. For IP70H headset only web UI or configuration files can be used.

To change the name displayed on the idle screen from handset menu:

  1. On the target IP15 handset, go to Menu>User Settings>Phone rename

  2. Edit the name and press Set

To change handset/headset name using WUI, see Handset name on page 139

To configure handset/headset name using provisioning files, see "hs_settings" Module: Handset management Settings on page 240

To disassociate a handset/headset from the base:

  1. On one subscribed IP15 handset, go to Menu>User Settings>Registration>Handset>Deregistration

  2. Enter system PIN. Default is 0000

  3. Select the handset or headset you wish to unregister. If only one handset were registered, then it will be automatically unregistered without selecting anything

  4. The handset will display the unregistered status screen. The headset will flash slowly in red and blue

To disassociate all handsets/headsets from the base:

  1. Press and hold Paging/Registration key for 10secs

  2. Release the key and then short press again

  3. All devices will be unregistered from the base

Assigning sip accounts to IP15 handsets or IP70H headsets

By default all handsets/headsets can use all active accounts, and all of them will use sip account 1 to dial out.

You can modify this behavior by deciding which devices are allowed to use which accounts, and what the default dial out account for each of them will be. WUI and config files can be used for this purpose.

To assign handsets to accounts and default dial out account using the web interface, see Handset Settings, Account assignment on page 138

To assign handsets to accounts and default dial out account using configuration file parameters, see "hs_settings" Module: Handset management Settings on page 240

Moreover, you can select dialing line among assigned accounts on a per call basis. To do this, simply press LINE softkey on your IP15 handset and make your choice.

IP2015/IP2115 functionality with IP15 DECT handsets

With one or more handsets (IP15) registered to IP2015 base, users can:

  • Select dialing line for a call with LINE softkey
  • Use the handset's local directory, or the base's directories (local, LDAP, black list)
  • Use the base's call history and account related services (DND, Call forward, Anonymous calls)
  • Answer incoming calls, waiting calls and perform hold, mute, transfer and conference
  • Locate the handsets from the base. Pressing Paging key will trigger an acoustic warning on all in-range handsets.

For more detailed instructions please see IP2015/IP2115 and IP15 Quick User guides.

IP2015/IP2115 functionality with IP70H DECT headset

With an IP70H headset (IP70H) registered to IP2015/IP2115 base, users can:

  • Answer incoming calls and performing mute on them
    • Answer intercom calls
  • Be the target of an internal or external transfer
  • Receive paging calls from the base. Pressing Paging key will trigger an acoustic and visual warning on all in-range headsets.

For more detailed instructions please see IP2015/IP2115 and IP70H Quick User guides.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Using Menu in your desktop phone

Your desktop phone Temporis IP150/IP151/IP251G/IP300/IP301G/IP700G/IP701G or Conference IP1850 menu have four main sub-menus:

Features—manage calls, view and add directory entries, view call history, access messages, and use the speed dial menu.

Status—view the deskset network status, account registration status, and product information.

User Settings—allows the user to set the language for the display, configure the appearance of the display, or customize the audio settings.

Admin Settings—configure network settings (enter static IP addresses, for example) and line settings.

This guide mainly contains instructions for using the Admin Settings menu and for accessing the Status menu, but we will also give an overview on Features and User Settings.

See Features chapter on page 56, or check your product Quick User Guide for more information about Features.

See Customizing your phone with User Settings menu chapter on page 60.

To use the phone menu:

  1. When the phone is idle, press MENU.

The main menu appears.

  1. Press ▼ or ▲ to highlight the desired sub-menu, and then press OK.

You can also press a corresponding dial pad key to select a numbered menu item. Press 2 for the Status menu, for example.

Press OK or an appropriate soft key to save changes.

Press ↩ to cancel an operation, exit the menu display or return to the idle screen.

Main Menu 1. Features 2. Status 3. User Settings

Features

The table below summarizes the different features available in this menu. Note "n" stands for the maximum number of sip accounts available for each model, i.e. 2 for IP150/IP151/IP251G, 3 for IP300 and IP1850, 4 for IP301G, 5 for IP700G and 6 for IP701G. For more details about usage please check the corresponding product Quick User Guide.

Level 1Level 2Level 3Level 4
1. Call1.Do not disturbLine 1...Line nON/OFF
2.Call ForwardLine 1...Line nCF Always (on/off, target)CF Busy (on/off, target)CF No Reply (on/off, target, timer)

home & business phones

3.Block AnonymousLine 1...Line nON/OFF
4.Dial AnonymousLine 1...Line nON/OFF
5.Missed Call AlertYes/No
6.Call waitingYes/No
7.Auto-answerNote 1Line 1...Line nYes/No
2. Directory1.LocalEntriesSearch, sort, add, delete, delete all, dial, edit, number type
x.LDAP (name displayed and availability depends on configuration)EntriesSearch, sort, dial, edit, number type, save to Local or black list
y.Broadsoft (name and availability depends on configuration)EntriesSearch, sort, dial, edit, number type, save to Local or black list
z. Black ListEntriesSearch, sort, add, delete, delete all, dial, edit, number type
y.Remote XML (name displayed and availability depends on configuration. Up to 3 instances possible)Note 1EntriesSync, search, dial, number type
3. Call History1.All callsEntriesView, Dial, Edit dial, save to Local or black list, Delete all
2.Missed callsEntries
3.Received callsEntries
4.Dialed callsEntries
4. MessageLine 1...Line nCall VM
5. Speed DialKey 0 to 9Add/Edit/Delete

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Note 1: Item applicable to IP151, IP251G, IP301G, and IP701G only

Status

Use the status menu to verify network settings and begin troubleshooting if network problems or account registration issues affect phone operation.

You can also find the software version of the phone on the Product Info screen, available from the Status menu.

To view the Status menu:

  1. When the phone is idle, press MENU.

  2. On the Main menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight Status, then press OK. The Status menu appears.

Status 1. Network 2. Line 3. Product Info

  1. On the Status menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight the desired menu, then press OK.

The available status menus are:

MenuInformation listed
1. NetworkIP addressDHCP status (Enabled/Disabled)Subnet Mask IP addressGateway IP addressDNS server 1 IP addressDNS server 2 IP addressSNTP server URLMAC address
2. LineLines and registration status. On the Line menu, highlight and select the desired line to view detailed line status information:Line status (Registered/Not registered/Disabled)Line display nameLine User IDServer addressServer Port numberProxy server addressProxy server port number
3. Product InfoModel numberSerial numberMAC addressSoftware versionV-SeriesHardware version
4. Cordless AccessoriesNote 2DECT handset (Registered/Not registered, Locate softkey)DECT headset (Registered/Not registered)

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Note2: this item is applicable to IP300, IP301G, IP700G, IP701G only

Note

To view Network status you can also use the following shortcut. In idle mode, press key. On IP251G you can access the same shortcut by pressing ↩

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - Note - 1

Viewing Line status

When you select Line from the Status menu, the Line menu appears, listing the available lines along with icons indicating each line's current registration status.

Line LINE 1 LINE 2 LINE 3

IconDescription
ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - Viewing Line status - 2Line registered
ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - Viewing Line status - 3Line not registered
ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - Viewing Line status - 4Line disabled

To view complete status information for a line:

  1. On the Line menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight the desired line, then press OK. The full line status screen appears.

LINE 1 Status: Registered Display name: John Smith User ID: 2325550176

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Customizing your phone with User Settings menu

User Settings menu allows easy customization of some aspects of the phone, e.g. language, time and date, preferred ring tone, setting programmable keys or DECT accessories configuration.

To view the User Settings menu:

  1. When the phone is idle, press MENU.

  2. On the Main menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight User Settings, then press OK. The User Settings menu appears.

Main Menu 1. Features 2. Status 3. User Settings

The available options appearing when you enter User Settings menu are as follows. Note "n" is the maximum number of sip accounts supported in your product (i.e. 2 for IP150, 3 for IP300/IP301G and IP1850, 5 for IP700G/IP701G) and "M" is the number of available PFK appearances (i.e. 20 for IP150, 2, for IP251G, 24 for IP300/IP301G, 36 for IP700G/IP701G):

Level 1Level 2Level 3
1. Preferences1. LanguageLanguage selection list
2. Date and time12h/24hDate formatNTP/ManualTime zoneDST
3. Restart phone
2. DisplayContrast (Level 1 to 7)
Backlight state
Idle Backlight state
Backlight timeout (10 to 60sec)
3. Audio1. Ring toneLine 1 (Ringtone 1 to 10)...Line n (ringtone 1 to 10)
2. Key toneOn/Off
3. Audio mode (for autoanswer)1. Speaker2. Headset

ALCATEL

home & business phones

4. Program KeysKey 1Key 2...Key mFunction key type selection list (May differ)1. Line2. Directory3. Call History4. Redial5. Messages6. Do not Disturb7. Call Forward All8. Call Fwd No answer9. Call Fwd Busy10. Quick Dial11. BLF12. ACD13. Intercom14. Multicast Page15. Park16. Retrieve Park17. In call DTMF18. Call Return19. Group Pickup20. Directed Pickup21. Prefix dialing N/A
5. DECT headsetNote 31. Register
2. Deregister
6. DECT handsetNote 31. Register
2. Deregister
7. Edit passwordNote 4

Note 3: this item is applicable to IP300, IP301G, IP700g, IP701G only
Note 4: this item is applicable to IP151, IP251G, IP301G, IP701G only

Using the Admin Settings menu

To access the Admin Settings menu:

  1. When the phone is idle, press MENU. The Main menu appears.

Main Menu 1. Features 2. Status 3. User Settings

ALCATEL

home & business phones

  1. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight Admin Settings, then press OK.

-or-

Press 4 (Admin Settings) on the dial pad.

  1. Use the dial pad to enter the admin password, the press OK. The default password is admin.

The Admin Settings are:

SettingOptions
1. Erreur ! Source u renvoi introuvable.1. DHCP (Enable, Disable)2. Set static IP3. VLAN ID4. Others
2. Line Menu1. LINE 1...N. LINE N
3. Provisioning Menu1. Server2. Login3. Password
4. Reset to defaultPress OK to display a screen that allows you to reset the phone to factory default settings.
5. Restart phonePress OK to display a screen that allows you to restart the phone.

Network settings (IPv4)

This chapter is applicable for models Temporis IP150, IP300, IP700G, IP1850 Use the Network setting menu to configure network-related settings for the phone.

Note: After you confirm any of the network settings, the phone may restart.

To use the Network setting menu:

  1. From the Admin settings menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight Network setting, then press ENTER.

The Network setting menu appears.

Network settings DHCP Set Static IP VLAN ID Others

  1. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight the desired option:

DHCP

Set static IP

VLAN ID

Others (DNS and NTP servers).

, then press OK key or ENTER softkey.

To enable or disable DHCP:

  1. From the Network setting menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight DHCP, then press ENTER.
  2. Press OK key to toggle between Enabled and Disabled, then press SET softkey.

DHCP is enabled by default, which means the base or desktop phone will get its IP address from the network. When DHCP is disabled, you must enter a static IP address.

Note: You must be familiar with TCP/IP principles and protocols to configure static IP settings.

To set static IP for the base or desktop phone:

  1. From the Network setting menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight Set static IP, then press OK or ENTER softkey.

If DHCP is disabled, the Set static IP menu appears. If DHCP is enabled, an error message appears briefly before returning you to the Network setting menu.

  1. On the Set static IP menu, enter the static IP address. Use the dial pad and "*" key to enter characters and dots.

Set Static IP IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Subnet mask: 0.0.0.0

  1. Press ▼ and enter the Subnet Mask. Use BACKSP softkey, digit dial pad and "*" key to enter characters and dots.
  2. Press ▼ and enter the Gateway. Use BACKSP softkey, digit dial pad and "*" key to enter characters and dots.
  3. Press SAVE softkey.

To set the VLAN ID for the base or desktop phone:

  1. From the Network setting menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight VLAN ID, and then press OK.
  2. On the VLAN ID menu, press OK to toggle between Enable and Disable states for WAN VLAN.

VLAN ID WAN Port: Disabled VID: 0

  1. Press ▼ and enter the WAN VID. Use the dial pad and the BACKSP soft key to enter characters. The valid range is 0 to 4095.
  2. Press ▼ and enter WAN Priority. Use the dial pad and the BACKSP soft key to enter characters.
  3. Press SAVE

To set other settings (DNS and NTP):

  1. From the Network setting menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight Others, then press OK. If DHCP is disabled, the Others menu appears. If DHCP is enabled, an error message appears briefly before returning you to the Network setting menu.

Others DNS1: 0.0.0.0 DNS2: 0.0.0.0

  1. Enter the IP address for the primary DNS server. Use BACKSP softkey, digit dial pad and "*" key to enter characters and dots.
  2. Press ▼ and enter the IP address for the secondary DNS server. The phone uses this server if the primary server does not respond. Use BACKSP softkey, digit dial pad and "*" key to enter characters and dots.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

  1. Press ▼ and enter the IP address or url for the NTP server. Use BACKSP softkey and dial pad to enter characters and dots.
  2. If the base or desktop phone does not use an NTP server, you must manually enter the time and date settings in User settings menu.
  3. Press Save

Network settings (IPv4/IPv6)

This chapter is applicable to models Temporis IP151, IP251G, IP301G and IP701G Use the Network setting menu to configure network-related settings for the phone.

Note: After you confirm any of the network settings, the phone may restart.

To use the Network setting menu:

  1. From the Admin settings menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight Network setting, then press ENTER.

The Network setting menu appears.

Network setting 1.IPv4 2.IPv6 3.VLAN ID Back Select

  1. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight the desired option, and then press SELECT:

IPv4
□ Mode (DHCP, Static IP, PPPoE, Disabled)
□ Set static IP
□ Set static DNS
□ Set PPPoE (Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet)
IPv6
□ Mode (Disabled, Auto, Static IP)
□ Set static IP
□ Set static DNS
■ VLAN ID

ALCATEL

home & business phones

To set the network mode:

  1. From the Network setting menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight your network type (IPv4 or IPv6), and then press SELECT.

The selected network type screen appears (IPv4 menu shown below).

IPv4 1.Mode 2.Set Static IP 3.Set Static DNS 4.Set PPPoE Back Select

  1. With Mode selected, press SELECT. The Mode menu appears

Mode IP type: DHCP Cancel Save

  1. Press ◀ or ▶ to select the network mode for your network type, and then press Save DHCP (IPv4) or Auto (IPv6) is enabled by default, which means the set will get its IP address from the network. When DHCP and Auto are disabled, you must enter a static addressIP for your phone

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - To set the network mode: - 3

You must be familiar with TCP/IP principles and protocols to configure static IP settings.

To set static IP for your phone:

  1. From the Mode menu, press ◀ or ▶ to select Static IP, and then press SELECT.

If DHCP is disabled, the Set static IP menu appears. If DHCP is enabled, an error message appears briefly before returning you to the Network setting menu.

  1. On the Set static IP menu, enter the static IP address. Use the dial pad and the Add dot soft key to enter characters. Press ◀ or ▶ to advance to the next character.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Set static IP IP: Subnet Mask: Gateway: DNS 1: DNS 2: Cancel Backspc Add dot Save

  1. Press ▼ and enter the Subnet Mask. Use the dial pad and the Add dot soft key to enter characters. Press ◀ or ▶ to advance to the next character
  2. Press ▼ and enter the Gateway. Use the dial pad and the Add dot soft key to enter characters. Press ◀ or ▶ to advance to the next character.
  3. Press ▼ and enter the IP address for the primary DNS server. Use the dial pad and the Add dot soft key to enter characters. Press ◀ or ▶ to advance to the next character
  4. Press ▼ and enter the IP address for the secondary DNS server. The phone this server if the primary server does not respond.
  5. Press Save softkey

To set static DNS:

  1. From the Network setting menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight IPv4 or IPv6 (whichever is in use in Static mode), and then press SELECT.
  2. Highlight Set static DNS and then press SELECT. The Set static DNS menu appears.

Set static DNS Static DNS: Disabled DNS 1: DNS 2: Cancel Save

  1. On the Set static DNS menu, press ◀ or ▶ to set Static DNS to Enabled.
  2. Press ▼ and then enter the IP address for the primary DNS server.
  3. Press ▼ and then enter the IP address for the secondary DNS server.
  4. Press Save

To set PPPoE:

ALCATEL

home & business phones

  1. From the Network setting menu, press □ or □ to highlight IPv4 (which must be in PPPoE mode), and then press SELECT.

  2. Highlight Set PPPoE and then press SELECT. The Set PPPoE menu appears.

Set PPP oE Username: Password: Cancel Backspc ABC Save

  1. On the Set PPPoE menu, enter the PPPoE account Username.
  2. Press ▼ and then press Edit if you are required to enter a PPPoE account.
  3. Enter a password, if you are required to enter a PPPoE password.
  4. Press Save

To set the VLAN ID:

  1. From the Network setting menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight VLAN ID, and then press zSELECT.
  2. On the VLAN ID menu, press ◀ or ▶ to enable or disable the WAN VLAN.

VLAN ID WAN Vlan: D isabled WAN VID: 0 PC Vlan: Disabled PC VID: 0 Cancel Save

  1. Press ▼ and enter the WAN VID. Use the dial pad and the Backspc soft key to enter characters. The valid range is 0 to 4095.
  2. Press ▼ and then press ◀ or ▶ to enable or disable the PC port Vlan.
  3. Press ▼ and enter the PC port number. Use the dial pad and the Backspc soft key to enter characters. The valid range is 0 to 4095.
  4. Press Save

Line Menu

Use the Line menu to configure line-specific settings for the phone.

To use the Line setting menu:

  1. From the Admin Settings menu, press ▼ to highlight Line, and then press SELECT. The Line menu appears.

Line LINE 1 LINE 2 LINE 3

  1. Highlight the desired line, if necessary, by pressing ▼, and then press SELECT. The full configuration menu for that line appears.

LINE 1 Display name: John Smith User ID: 2325550176 Backspc 123 Save

You can configure:

  • Display name
  • User ID
  • Authorization ID
    • Authorization Password
    • SIP Registrar Server IP
    • Registrar Server port
  • Proxy server IP
  • Proxy server port
  • Register (Yes or No)

• Answer page (Manual or Auto)

For more information about these settings, see SIP Account Management on page 90.

  1. Edit the Line settings using the dial pad and the soft keys available for each setting:

  2. Backspc—deletes a character

  3. 123—enables you to enter numbers, lower case letters, or upper case letters with the dial pad. Does not appear when the setting accepts numbers only.
  4. Save—saves and applies the new settings
  5. Edit—enables you to edit the setting (appears for the Password setting)

Press ◀ or ▶ to advance to the next character.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Provisioning Menu

Use the Provisioning menu to manually configure auto-provisioning settings. For more information about auto-provisioning, see Provisioning on page 173 and Provisioning Using Configuration Files on page 193.

On the Provisioning menu you can configure:

  • Server string—the URL of the provisioning server. The URL can include a complete path to the configuration file.
  • Login ID—the username the phone will use to access the provisioning server.
  • Login PW—the password the phone will use to access the provisioning server.

To use the Provisioning menu:

  1. From the Admin Settings menu, press ▼ to highlight Provisioning, and then press OK.

The Provisioning menu appears.

Provisioning Server: Login: Cancel ABC Save

  1. Enter the server URL using the dial pad keys:

  2. Backspc—deletes a character

  3. 123—enables you to enter numbers, lower case letters, or upper case letters with the dial pad. Does not appear when the setting accepts numbers only.
  4. Save—prompts you to reboot the phone and apply the new settings
  5. Edit—enables you to edit the setting (appears for the Password setting)

The format of the URL must be RFC 1738 compliant, as follows:

"://:@:/"

":@" may be empty.

"" can be omitted if you do not need to specify the port number.

  1. Press ▼ to move to the next line and enter the Login ID for access to the provisioning server if it is not part of the server string.

  2. Press ▼ to move to the next line and enter the Login password.

  3. Press Save.

Security Menu

Security menu is available for models Temporis IP151, IP251G, IP301G and IP701G.

Here you can configure the phone lock feature, and enable or disable the Web server.

The Web server setting determines whether the embedded WebUI is available from the phone. When the Web server is disabled, the phone can be configured using the phone menus or via provisioning only.

The Phone Lock feature restricts certain hard keys and features unless the user enters a PIN code. There are three escalating modes of lockout:

- Restricted Config only locks out the menu and voicemail.

When Restricted Config is enabled, the following keys/features are restricted:

  • MENU key
  • Settings soft key
  • Messages soft key
  • Messages PFK
  • MESSAGE key

- Restricted Call locks out all advanced calling features, including transfer, conference and hold, via hard keys, soft keys and PFKs. The phone operates only in single call, single account mode.

When Restricted Call is enabled, the following keys and features are restricted in addition to those restricted as part of Restricted Config:

○ HOLD key
○ SELECT key
- UP, DOWN, LEFT, RIGHT keys
- CALL HISTORY key
- DIRECTORY key
- REDIAL key
- FLASH key
○ DND key
○ TRANSFER key
- CONFERENCE key
- All soft keys not listed as part of Restricted Config
- LOWER key
○ All PFKs
- Outgoing Multicast
- Outgoing Server-side Paging

- Emergency Call Only locks out all outgoing calls except emergency calls. Emergency numbers must match the Emergency Dial Plan, as configured under "General Account Settings". Incoming calls are still allowed for all modes.

To use the Security menu:

  1. From the Admin Settings menu, press ▼ to highlight Security, and then press SELECT.

The Security menu appears

Security

  1. Enabling Web Server

  2. With Restriction Mode highlighted, press SELECT. The Restriction Mode menu appears.

Restriction Mode 1.Disable Phone Lock 2.Restricted Config 3.Restricted Call 4.Emergency Call Only Back Select

  1. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight the desired restriction mode, and then press SELECT. The Security menu appears.
  2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight Enabling Web Server, and then press SELECT. The Enabling Web Server menu appears.

Enabling Web Server Enabling Web S... Enabled Cancel Save

  1. Press ◀ or ▶ to select Enabled or Disabled.
  2. Press Save.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Using Menu in your IP15 cordless handset

Your cordless handset IP15 menu has nine sub-menus:

Message-access voicemail for assigned accounts

Directory-access and manage contact directory

Call History-access and manage call lists

Intercom-launch internal calls to other handsets

Speed dial- manage your speed dial list

Features—manage calls

Status—view the deskset network status, account registration status, and product information.

User Settings—allows the user to set the language for the display, configure the appearance of the display, or customize the audio settings.

Admin Settings—configure network settings (enter static IP addresses, for example), provisioning settings, launch handset firmware upgrade, change DECT sytem PIN or enable secure browsing for example.

The first six submenus can be considered to be mainly functionality related, whereas the last three are more connected to administration.

This guide mainly contains instructions for using the Admin Settings menu and for accessing the Status menu, but we will also give an overview on the other submenus, which we will group in a User Functionality submenus chapter.

To use the phone menu:

  1. When the phone is idle, press MENU.

The main menu appears.

  1. Press ▼ or ▲ to highlight the desired sub-menu, and then press OK key, or ENTER soft key

Press OK or an appropriate soft key to save changes.

Press 7 or an appropriate soft key to cancel an operation, exit the menu display or return to the idle screen.

User functionality submenus

The table below summarizes the different functions available in the user functionality related submenus.

Depending on whether you are using your IP15 handset with an IP2015 base or with a Temporis IP300/Temporis IP700G desk set, some minor differences can be found. They are detailed in the table.

Level 1Level 2Level 3
Message(n is the number of available sip accounts on the product orLine 1...Line n

home & business phones

assigned to the handset on IP2x15)
DirectoryLocal directoryOptions: Search/Add new/Delete all/Review: Dial/Edit/Edit dial/Delete
Base directoryWith IP2015/IP2115 base: Options: Search/Add new/Delete allReview: Dial/Edit/Edit dial/Delete
With IP30x/IP70xG deskset: Options: SearchReview: Dial, Edit dial
LDAP (name depending on configuration)Search, Dial, Edit dial, Save
Broadsoft (name depending on configuration)Search, Dial, Edit dial, Save
BlacklistWith IP2015/IP2115 base: Options: Search/Add new/Delete allReview: Dial/Edit/Edit dial/Delete
With IP30x/IP70xG deskset: Options: SearchReview: Dial, Edit dial
Call historyMissed callsWith IP2015/IP2115 base: Delete allReview: Delete/Dial/Edit dial /Save
With IP30x/IP70xG deskset: Review: Dial/Edit dial /Save
Received callsWith IP2015/IP2115 base: Delete allReview: Delete/Dial/Edit dial /Save
With IP30x/IP70xG deskset: Review: Dial/Edit dial /Save
Dialed callsWith IP2015/IP2115 base: Delete allReview: Delete/Dial/Edit dial /Save
With IP30x/IP70xG deskset: Review: Dial/Edit dial /Save
Intercom(with IP2x15 only; m is the number of registered handsets)Handset 1 ...Handset m

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Speed dial1.2....0.Add/Edit/Delete
FeaturesDNDAvailable or assigned accounts listDND statusOK to toggle, SET to save
Call ForwardAvailable or assigned accounts listCFW statusesOK to toggle, SET to save
Block AnonymousAvailable or assigned accounts listCFW statusesOK to toggle, SET to save
Dial as anonymousAvailable or assigned accounts listCFW statusesOK to toggle, SET to save
Lift HS answerLift HS answer statusOK to toggle, SET to save
Miss Call alertShow alertHide alertSET to save
Call WaitingShow alertHide alertSET to save

Status

Use the status menu to verify network settings and begin troubleshooting if network problems or account registration issues affect phone operation.

You can also find the software version of the phone on the Product Info screen, available from the Status menu.

To view the Status menu:

  1. When the phone is idle, press MENU.

  2. On the Main menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight Status, then press OK. The Status menu appears.

Status Network Line Product Info

  1. On the Status menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight the desired menu, then press OK.

The available status menus are:

ALCATEL

home & business phones

MenuInformation listed
NetworkIP addressDHCP status (Enabled/Disabled)Subnet Mask IP addressGateway IP addressDNS server 1 IP addressDNS server 2 IP address
LineLines and registration status. On the Line menu, highlight and select the desired line to view detailed line status information:Line status (Registered/Not registered/Disabled)Line display nameLine User IDServer address
Product InfoHandsetModel numberSerial numberFW versionV-SeriesHW versionBaseFW versionV-SeriesHW version

User Settings

User Settings menu allows easy customization of some aspects of the phone, e.g. language, time and date, preferred ring tone, or DECT handsets management.

To view the User Settings menu:

  1. When the handset is idle, press MENU.

  2. On the Main menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight User settings, then press OK or ENTER softkey. The User settings menu appears.

Main Menu Features Status User settings Admin settings

The available options appearing when you enter User Settings menu are as follows, where "n" is the maximum number of sip accounts supported in your product (i.e. 2 for IP150/IP151, 3 for IP300/IP301G and IP1850, 5 for IP700G/IP701G) and "M" is the number of available PFK appearances (i.e. 20 for IP150/IP151, 24 for IP300/IP301G, 36 for IP700G/IP701G):

LanguageEnglishFrançaisEspañolItalianoPortuguêsSelect and SET/BACK

ALCATEL

home & business phones

DeutschNederlandsΕλληνικα
Set date/timeDate formatSet dateClock formatSet timeEdit or select and SET/BACK
Phone renameEdit and SET/BACK
Contrast (Level 1 to 8)Select and SET/BACK
RingersRinger VolumeSelect and SET/BACK
Ringer TonesLine 1(Melody 1 to 10)...Line n(Melody 1 to 10)
Low batt toneOn/OffSET/BACK
Link lost toneOn/OffSET/BACK
Key toneOn/OffSET/BACK
RegistrationHandsetSelect Base or Deskset and launch or cancel
DeregistrationEnter PINSelect handset (if more than one)

Admin Settings

To access the Admin settings menu:

  1. When the handset is idle, press MENU. The Main menu appears.

  2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight Admin Settings, then press OK.

Main Menu Features Status User settings Admin settings

  1. Use the dial pad to enter the admin password, then press OK. The default password is admin.

Note: default text input mode on the handset is "Abc" as indicated at the top of the screen. To toggle between "Abc", "ABC" and "abc" modes please press "*" key.

Admin Settings are:

SettingOptions

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Erreur ! Source du envoi introuvable.sDHCP (Enable, Disable)Set static IPVLAN IDOthers
Secure browsingEnabledDisabled(Toggle with OK and press SET or BACK. Requires reboot)
Provisioning MenuServer stringLoginPassword(Edit and SAVE or BACK)
Edit PIN codeEnter old PIN:Enter new PIN:Repeat new PIN:
Firmware updateChecks for available updates installed in the base's memoryIf updates are available, YES or NO to proceed.

Network settings (IPv4)

This chapter is applicable to IP15 when used in conjunction with an IPv4 model (Temporis IP300 or IP700G, Alcatel IP2015 base).

Use the Network setting menu to configure network-related settings for the phone.

Note: After you confirm any of the network settings, the phone may restart.

To use the Network setting menu:

  1. From the Admin settings menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight Network setting, then press ENTER.

The Network setting menu appears.

Network settings DHCP Set Static IP VLAN ID Others

  1. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight the desired option:

DHCP

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Set static IP

VLAN ID

Others (DNS and NTP servers).

, then press OK key or ENTER softkey.

To enable or disable DHCP:

  1. From the Network setting menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight DHCP, then press ENTER.
  2. Press OK key to toggle between Enabled and Disabled, then press SET softkey.

DHCP is enabled by default, which means the base or desktop phone will get its IP address from the network. When DHCP is disabled, you must enter a static IP address.

Note: You must be familiar with TCP/IP principles and protocols to configure static IP settings.

To set static IP for the base or desktop phone:

  1. From the Network setting menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight Set static IP, then press OK or ENTER softkey.

If DHCP is disabled, the Set static IP menu appears. If DHCP is enabled, an error message appears briefly before returning you to the Network setting menu.

  1. On the Set static IP menu, enter the static IP address. Use the dial pad and "*" key to enter characters and dots.

Set Static IP IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Subnet mask: 0.0.0.0

  1. Press ▼ and enter the Subnet Mask. Use BACKSP softkey, digit dial pad and "*" key to enter characters and dots.
  2. Press ▼ and enter the Gateway. Use BACKSP softkey, digit dial pad and "*" key to enter characters and dots.
  3. Press SAVE softkey.

To set the VLAN ID for the base or desktop phone:

  1. From the Network setting menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight VLAN ID, and then press OK.
  2. On the VLAN ID menu, press OK to toggle between Enable and Disable states for WAN VLAN.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

VLAN ID WAN Port: Disabled VID: 0

  1. Press ▼ and enter the WAN VID. Use the dial pad and the BACKSP soft key to enter characters. The valid range is 0 to 4095.
  2. Press ▼ and enter WAN Priority. Use the dial pad and the BACKSP soft key to enter characters.
  3. Press SAVE

To set other settings (DNS and NTP):

  1. From the Network setting menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight Others, then press OK. If DHCP is disabled, the Others menu appears. If DHCP is enabled, an error message appears briefly before returning you to the Network setting menu.

Others DNS1: 0.0.0.0 DNS2: 0.0.0.0

  1. Enter the IP address for the primary DNS server. Use BACKSP softkey, digit dial pad and "*" key to enter characters and dots.
  2. Press ▼ and enter the IP address for the secondary DNS server. The phone uses this server if the primary server does not respond. Use BACKSP softkey, digit dial pad and "*" key to enter characters and dots.
  3. Press ▼ and enter the IP address or url for the NTP server. Use BACKSP softkey and dial pad to enter characters and dots.
  4. If the base or desktop phone does not use an NTP server, you must manually enter the time and date settings in User settings menu.
  5. Press Save

Network settings (IPv4/IPv6)

This chapter is applicable to IP15 when used in conjunction with an IPv4/IPv6 model (Temporis IP301G or IP701G, Alcatel IP2115 base)

Use the Network setting menu to configure network-related settings for the phone.

Note: After you confirm any of the network settings, the phone may restart.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

To use the Network setting menu:

  1. From the Admin settings menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight Network setting, then press ENTER.

The Network setting menu appears.

Network setting 1.IPv4 2.IPv6 3.VLAN ID Back Select

  1. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight the desired option, and then press SELECT:

IPv4
□ Mode (DHCP, Static IP, PPPoE, Disabled)
□ Set static IP
□ Set static DNS
☐ Set PPPoE (Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet)

IPv6

□ Mode (Disabled, Auto, Static IP)

□ Set static IP

□ Set static DNS

■ VLAN ID

To set the network mode:

  1. From the Network setting menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight your network type (IPv4 or IPv6), and then press SELECT.

The selected network type screen appears (IPv4 menu shown below).

IPv4 1.Mode 2.Set Static IP 3.Set Static DNS 4.Set PPPoE Back Select

ALCATEL

home & business phones

  1. With Mode selected, press SELECT. The Mode menu appears.

Mode IP type: DHCP Cancel Save

  1. Press ◀ or ▶ to select the network mode for your network type, and then press Save DHCP (IPv4) or Auto (IPv6) is enabled by default, which means the set will get its IP address from the network. When DHCP and Auto are disabled, you must enter a static IP address for your phone

NOTE: You must be familiar with TCP/IP principles and protocols to configure static IP settings.

To set static IP for your phone:

  1. From the Mode menu, press ◀ or ▶ to select Static IP, and then press SELECT. If DHCP is disabled, the Set static IP menu appears. If DHCP is enabled, an error message appears briefly before returning you to the Network setting menu.

  2. On the Set static IP menu, enter the static IP address. Use the dial pad and the Add dot soft key to enter characters. Press ◀ or ▶ to advance to the next character.

Set static IP IP: Subnet Mask: Gateway: DNS 1: DNS 2: Cancel Backspc Add dot Save

  1. Press ▼ and enter the Subnet Mask. Use the dial pad and the Add dot softkey to enter characters. Press ◀ or ▶ to advance to the next character

  2. Press ▼ and enter the Gateway. Use the dial pad and the Add dot soft key to enter characters. Press ◀ or ▶ to advance to the next character.

  3. Press ▼ and enter the IP address for the primary DNS server. Use the dial pad and the Add dot soft key to enter characters. Press ◀ or ▶ to advance to the next character

ALCATEL

home & business phones

  1. Press ▼ and enter the IP address for the secondary DNS server. The phone will use this server if the primary server does not respond.

  2. Press Save softkey

To set static DNS:

  1. From the Network setting menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight IPv4 or IPv6 (whichever is in use in Static mode), and then press SELECT.

  2. Highlight Set static DNS and then press SELECT. The Set static DNS menu appears.

Set static DNS Static DNS: Disabled DNS 1: DNS 2: Cancel Save

  1. On the Set static DNS menu, press ◀ or ▶ to set Static DNS to Enabled.

  2. Press ▼ and then enter the IP address for the primary DNS server.

  3. Press ▼ and then enter the IP address for the secondary DNS server.

  4. Press Save

To set PPPoE:

  1. From the Network setting menu, press □ or □ to highlight IPv4 (which must be in PPPoE mode), and then press SELECT.

  2. Highlight Set PPPoE and then press SELECT. The Set PPPoE menu appears.

Set PPPoE Username: Password : Cancel Backspc ABC Save

  1. On the Set PPPoE menu, enter the PPPoE account Username.

  2. Press ▼ and then press Edit if you are required to enter a PPPoE account.

  3. Enter a password, if you are required to enter a PPPoE password.

  4. Press Save

ALCATEL

home & business phones

To set the VLAN ID:

  1. From the Network setting menu, press ▲ or ▼ to highlight VLAN ID, and then press zSELECT.

  2. On the VLAN ID menu, press ◀ or ▶ to enable or disable the WAN Vlan.

VLAN ID WAN VLan: D isabled WAN VID: 0 PC VLan: Disabled PC VID: 0 Cancel Save

  1. Press ▼ and enter the WAN VID. Use the dial pad and the characters. The valid range is 0 to 4095.

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - To set the VLAN ID: - 2

to enter

  1. Press ▼ and then press ◀ or ▶ to enable or disable the PC port Vlan.

  2. Press ▼ and enter the PC port number. Use the dial pad and the Backspc soft key to enter characters. The valid range is 0 to 4095.

  3. Press Save

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Provisioning Menu

Use the Provisioning menu to manually configure auto-provisioning settings. For more information about auto-provisioning, see Provisioning on page 173 and Provisioning Using Configuration Files on page 193.

On the Provisioning menu you can configure:

  • Server string—the URL of the provisioning server. The URL can include a complete path to the configuration file.
  • Login ID—the username the phone will use to access the provisioning server.
  • Login PW—the password the phone will use to access the provisioning server.

To use the Provisioning menu:

  1. From the Admin settings menu, press ▼ to highlight Provisioning, and then press OK.

The Provisioning menu appears.

Provisioning Server string: art.atlinks.com Login ID:

  1. Enter the server URL using the dial pad keys:

• BACKSP—deletes a character
- *—enables you to toggle between Abc, ABC, abc input modes. Does not appear when the setting accepts numbers only.
- SAVE—prompts you to reboot the phone and apply the new settings
- Edit—enables you to edit the setting (appears for the Password setting)

The format of the URL must be RFC 1738 compliant, as follows:

"://:@:/"

":@" may be empty.

"" can be omitted if you do not need to specify the port number.

  1. Press ▼ to move to the next line and enter the Login ID for access to the provisioning server if it is not part of the server string.
  2. Press ▼ to move to the next line and enter the Login password.
  3. Press Save.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Using the WebUI

The Web User Interface (WebUI or WUI) resides on your phone. You can access it using an Internet browser, either as a user or as an administrator.

After you log in to the WebUI, you can configure the phone on different pages. Note the different pages accessible by admin and user profiles, as listed in the following table. Note also not all pages are accessible to all products.

The WebUI also has a Status page, where you can view network status and general information about your phone. The information on this page matches the Status menu on the phone.

SectionPageadminuser
StatusSystem Status
Handset Status
SystemSIP Account Management
Call Settings
Preferences
Programmable Keys
Speed Dial
Signaling
Ringer
Handset management
Paging Zones
Hot line settings
Server Applications
NetworkBasic Network Settings
Advanced Network Settings
ContactsLocal Directory
Blacklist
LDAP

ALCATEL

home & business phones

• Broadsoft
• Remote XML phonebook
• Call History
Servicing• Reboot
• Time and Date
• Custom Language
• Firmware Upgrade
• Provisioning
• Security
• Certificates
• TR069
• System Logs

Note some pages and some parameters are model specific, hence depending on your model you may not see all of the pages listed above and all of the parameters described in the coming chapters.

To access the WebUI:

  1. Ensure that your computer is connected to the same network as your base or desktop phone. Your computer may already be connected to the network through the PC port on the back of your desk set.
  2. Find the IP address of your phone:

a. When the phone is idle, press MENU.
b. Press ▼ to highlight Status, and then press OK.
c. With Network highlighted, press OK.

The Network status screen appears.

Note: Instead of steps a, b, c, in most models you can use the shortcut to Network status (in idle mode press ☐)

d. On the Network status screen, note the IP Address.

Network IP: 192.168.100.100 DHCP: Enabled Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.255

ALCATEL

home & business phones

e. For Temporis IP100, please see Find IP address on page 48

  1. On your computer, open an Internet browser. (Depending on your browser, some of the pages presented here may look different and have different controls.)

  2. Type the phone IP address in the browser address bar and press ENTER on your computer keyboard.

192.168.100.100

  1. A login box appears. Under Username, enter admin. For the password, enter the default password, admin. You can change the password later on the Servicing > Security page. If you wish to login as a user, username and default password would be user/user.

  2. On the login box, click OK.

The WebUI appears.

Click topics from the navigation bar along the top of the WebUI, and then click links to individual pages along the left. You view and change settings in two different types of fields: drop-down lists and entry fields into which you type information. For your security, the WebUI times out after 10 minutes, so if it is idle for that time, you must log in again.

The remaining procedures in this section assume that you are already logged into the WebUI.

NOTE: The settings tables in this section contain settings that appear in the WebUI and their equivalent tags in the configuration file template. Settings only available on the configuration files are also described. You can use the configuration file template to create custom configuration files. Configuration files can be hosted on a provisioning server and used for automatically configuring phones. For more information, see Provisioning Using Configuration Files on page 193.

Saving Your Settings

Each WebUI settings page has a Save button. Click Save to save any changes you have made on the page. During a configuration session, click Save before you move on to the next WebUI page.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Status

The status page is equivalent to the Status menu on the phone UI. The information page shows different content depending on the model:

General information about your phone, including model, MAC address, and software version

Account Status information about your SIP account(s) registration

Network regarding your phone's network address and network connection

Cordless Status indicating whether a cordless headset and/or handset are registered to the deskset (For DECT enable models).

Handset Status information (registration and name) for the different handsets (IP2x15 model)

STATUSSYSTEMNETWORKCONTACTSSERVICING
General
Model:Temporis IP308
Serial Number:40000163
MAC Address:74.65.01.16.22.04
Boot Version:1.01
Software Version:1.0.58
V-Series:1.29.5-0-ENG
Hardware Version:MW1.0
Account Status
Account 1:Registered
Account 2:Not Registered
Account 3:Not Registered
Network
LAN Part IP Address:192.168.1.208
IP Type:DHCP
Subnet Mask:255.255.255.0
Link Status:Connected
Gateway:192.168.1.1
Primary DNS:192.168.1.1
Secondary DNS:192.168.1.112
MTP:europe.pool.htp.org
Cordless Status
Headset:Not Registered
Handset:Registered

ALCATEL

home & business phones

System

SIP Account Management

On the SIP Account Management pages, you can enter the account settings for each line you have ordered from your service provider. There are one or more Account settings pages (one for each available line) with identical settings on each page. The number of pages depends on the model: one for IP100, two for IP150/IP151 and IP251G, three for IP300 and IP1850, four for IP301G, five for IP700G and six for IP701G, IP2015 and IP2115.

The sip account settings are also available as parameters in the configuration file. See "sip_account" Module: SIP Account Settings on page 207.

Note: x stands for sip account index

SYSTEM SIP Account Management Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Call Settings Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Preferences Programmable Keys Speed Dial Signaling Ringer Paging Zones Hotline Settings STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING General Account Settings Enable Account Display Name: Ext508 User Identifier: 508 Authentication Name: 508 Authentication Password: *** Dial Plan: >=F Inter-Digit Timeout (secs): 3 Maximum Number of Calls: 6 Intercom Auto Answer: Auto Feature Synchronization: Disable Line Type: Private Barge-In: Enable DTMF Method: Auto Unregister After Reboot: Disable

General Account Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Enable Account sip_account.x.sip_account_enableEnable or disable the SIP account. Select to enable.0: Disable1: Enable0
Account Labelsip_account.x.labelEnter the name that will appear on the phone display when account x is selected.stringblank
Display Namesip_account.x.display_nameEnter the Display Name. The Display Name is the text portion of the caller ID that is displayed for outgoing calls using account x. If the Account Label is blank, thestringblank

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Display Name appears on the phone display when account x is selected.
User identifierEnter the User identifier supplied by your service provider. The User ID, also known as the Account ID, is usually the company's main number and is used as part of the caller ID displayed for outgoing calls. This field will only accept digits.stringblank
Authentication nameEnter the authentication name (or authentication ID) supplied by your service provider. This is used for authentication with the service provider and in most cases is the same as the User ID.stringblank
Authentication passwordEnter the account authentication password, as supplied by your service provider.stringblank
sip_account.x.authentication_access_password
Dial PlanEnter the dial plan, with dialing strings separated by a | symbol. See Dial Plan on page 107.stringx+P
sip_account.x.dial_plan
Call Restriction Dial PlanEnter a call restriction dial plan, which prevents users from completing calls that match this dial plan on this account.stringblank
sip_account.x.call_restrict_dial_plan
Emergency Dial PlanEnter the Emergency Dial plan, which will apply to both restricted calls (when the phone lock feature is set to Emergency Call Only—see "Using the Security menu" on page 70 "Security" on page 181) and other calls when the Phone Lock feature is not in use.stringblank
sip_account.x.emergency_dial_plan
Inter Digit Timeout (secs)Sets the timeout before the dialed number is sent to the SIP server. To be more precise, it sets how long the phone waits after any "P" (pause) in the dial string or in the dial plan.1-10 seconds3 seconds
sip_account.x.inter_digit_timeout
Maximum Number of CallsSelect the maximum number of concurrent active calls allowed for that account. The maximum value depends on the product and1-106
sip_account.x.maximum_call_number

ALCATEL

home & business phones

ranges from 2 on IP100 to 10 on IP701G.
Page/Intercom Auto AnswerEnables the deskset to automatically answer when an intercom request is received. This is usually the desired behavior for paging.0: Disable1: Enable0
sip_account.x.auto_answer_enable
Page/Intercom Auto Answer during active callsEnables the desk set to automatically answer when the intercom request is received during an active call0: Disable1: Enable0
sip_account.x.auto_answer_during_active_call
Feature SynchronizationEnables the phone to synchronize with Broadworks Application Server. Changes to features such as DND, Call Forward All, Call Forward No Answer, and Call Forward Busy on the server side will also update the settings on the phone menu and WebUI. Similarly, changes using the phone or WebUI will update the settings on the server.0: Disable1: Enable0
sip_account.x.feature_sync_enable
Server side control variant (not in WUI)Set the server type that will control feature sync and FAC operation.default, conversedefault
sip_account.x.server_side_ctrl_variant
Line TypeSelect the line type. A private line will be accessible only at the deskset you are configuring.0: Private1: Shared0
sip_account.x.share_line_enable
Barge-inEnables subscribers to shared lines to "barge in" on active calls on other shared lines.0: Disable1: Enable0
sip_account.x.barge_in_enable
DTMF methodSelect the default DTMF transmission method. You may need to adjust this if call quality problems are triggering unwanted DTMF tones or you have problems sending DTMF tones in general.Auto, Event, Inband, SIP INFOAuto
sip_account.x.dtmf_transport_method

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Unregister after rebootEnables the phone to unregister the account(s) after rebooting—before the account(s) register again as the phone starts up. If other phones that share the same account(s) unregister unexpectedly in tandem with the rebooting deskset, disable this setting.0: Disable1: Enable0
sip_account.x.unregister_after_reboot_enable
Call Rejection Response CodeSelect the response code for call rejection. This code applies to the following call rejection cases:-User presses Reject for an incoming call (except when Call Forward Busy is enabled)-DND is enabled-Phone rejects a second incoming call with Call Waiting disabled-Phone rejects an anonymous call with Anonymous Call Rejection enabled-Phone rejects call when the maximum number of calls is reached480, 486, 603486

SIP Server Settings Server address: Server port: 5060 Registration Settings Server address: Server port: 5060 Expiration: 3600 Registration Freq (secs): 18 Outbound Proxy Settings Server address: Server port: 5060 Backup Outbound Proxy Settings Server address: Server port: 5060

SIP Server Settings

ALCATEL

home & business phones

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Server addressEnter the IP address or fqdn for the SIP server.IP address or fqdnblank
sip_account.x.primary_sip_server_address
Server portEnter the port number that the SIP server will use.0-655355060
sip_account.x.primary_sip_server_port

Registration Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Server addressEnter the IP address or fqdn for the registrar server.IP address or fqdnblank
sip_account.x.primary_registration_server_address
Server portEnter the port number that the registrar server will use.0-655355060
sip_account.x.primary_registration_server_port
ExpirationEnter the desired registration expiry time in seconds. This is usually 3600 seconds (1 hour).0-655353600
sip_account.x.primary_registration_expires
Registration Freq (secs)Enter the desired registration retry time in seconds. If registration using the Primary Outbound Proxy fails, the Registration Freq setting determines the number of seconds before a registration attempt is made using the Backup Outbound Proxy.1-180010
sip_account.x.registration_retry_time

Outbound Proxy Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Server addressEnter the IP address or fqdn for the outbound proxy server.IPaddressor fqdnblank
sip_account.x.primary_outbound_proxy_server_address
Server portEnter the port number that the outbound proxy server will use.0–655355060
sip_account.x.primary_outbound_proxy_server_port

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Backup Outbound Proxy Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Server addressEnter the IP address or fqdn for the backup outbound proxy server.IP address or fqdnblank
sip_account.x.backup_outbound_proxy_server_address
Server portEnter the port number that the backup outbound proxy server will use. This is usually 5060.0–655355060
sip_account.x.backup_outbound_proxy_server_port

Caller Identity Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Caller ID Source Priority 1Select the desired caller ID source to be displayed on the incoming call screen: “From” field, RPID (Remote-Party ID) or PAI (P-Asserted Identity) header.pai, from, rpidpai
sip_account.x.cid_src_priority.1
Caller ID Source Priority 2Select the lower-priority caller ID source.pai, from, rpidfrom
sip_account.x.cid_src_priority.2
Codec priority 3Select the lowest-priority caller ID source.pai, from, rpidrpid
sip_account.x.cid_src_priority.3

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Audio Ringer Tone: 1 Codec Priority 1: G.711a Codec Priority 2: G.711a Codec Priority 3: G.725ab Codec Priority 4: G.726 Codec Priority 5: G.722 Enable Voice Encryption (SRTP) Enable G.729 Annex B Quality of Service DSCP (voice): 46 DSCP (signaling): 26 Signaling Local SIP Port: 5060 Transport: UDP

Audio Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Ringer Toneuser_pref.account.x.ringerSets the ringer tone for incoming calls on the account.Tone 1-10Tone 1
Codec Priority 1sip_account.x.codec_priority.1Select the codec to be used first during a call.G.711a,G.711u, G.729,G.726, G.722, ilbcG.711u
Codec priority 2sip_account.x.codec_priority.2Select the codec to be used second during a call in the event near-end and far-end cannot negotiate the first codec.None, G.711a,G.711u, G.729,G.726, G.722, ilbcG.711a
Codec priority 3sip_account.x.codec_priority.3Select the codec to be used third during a call if previous codecs fail.None, G.711a,G.711u, G.729,G.726, G.722, ilbcG.729
Codec priority 4sip_account.x.codec_priority.4Select the codec to be used fourth during a call if previous codecs fail.None, G.711a,G.711u, G.729,G.726, G.722, ilbcG.726

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Codec priority 5Select the codec to be used fifth during a call if previous codecs fail.None, G.711a, G.711u, G.729, G.726, G.722, ilbcG.722
sip_account.x.codec_priority.5
Enable voice encryption (SRTP)Select to enable secure RTP for voice packets.0: disable1: enable0
sip_account.x.voice_encryption_enable
Enable G.729 Annex BWhen G.729a/b is enabled, select to enable G.729 Annex B, with voice activity detection (VAD) and bandwidth-conserving silence suppression.0: disable1: enable0
sip_account.x.g729_annexb_enable
Preferred Packetization Time (ms)Select the packetization interval time in ms.10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 6020
sip_account.x.preferred_ptime
DTMF Payload TypeSet the DTMF payload type for in-call DTMF from 96-12796-127101
sip_account.x.dtmf_payload_type

Quality of Service

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
DSCP (voice)Enter the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) value from the Quality of Service setting on your router or switch.0-6346
sip_account.x.dscp
DSCP (signalling)Enter the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) value from the Quality of Service setting on your router or switch.0-6326
sip_account.x.sip_dscp

Signaling Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Local SIP portEnter the local sip port0-65535
Acc1:5060
Acc2:5070
Acc3:5080
sip_account.x.local_sip_portetc

ALCATEL

home & business phones

TransportSelect the SIP transport protocol.TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) is the most reliable protocol and includes error checking and delivery validation.UDP (User Datagram Protocol) is generally faster but SIP data may be subject to network congestion.TLS (Transport Layer Security) transport requires security certificates to establish a secure connection between phone and server. Optional server authentication is supported via user-uploaded certificates. See Servicing > Certificates on the “file” Module:Imported File Settings on page 230.Consult your service provider.tls, tcp, udpudp
sip_account.x.transport_mode

Voice

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Min local RTP portEnter the lower limit of the Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP) port range. RTP ports specify the minimum and maximum port values that the phone will use for RTP packets.0-6553518000
Audio.x.rtp.port_start
Max local RTP portEnter the upper limit of the RTP port range.0-6553519000
Audio.x.rtp.port_end

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Feature Access Codes Paging: Call Park Parked Call Retrieval: Voicemail DND ON: DND OFF: Call Forward All ON: Call Forward All OFF: Call Forward No Answer ON: Call Forward No Answer OFF: Call Forward Busy ON: Call Forward Busy OFF: Anonymous Call Reject ON: Anonymous Call Reject OFF: Anonymous Call ON: Anonymous Call OFF: Call Waiting ON: Call Waiting OFF: Group Call Pickup: Direct Call Pick Up:

Feature Access Codes Settings

If your IP PBX or service provider uses feature access codes, then enter the applicable codes here. You can assign many of these features to programmable keys, which enables end users to press the keys to dial out the codes you enter here.

SettingDescriptionAssignable to PFK?
PagingEnter the paging access code.Yes
sip_account.x.access_code_page
Call ParkEnter the call park access code.Broadsoft provides a featureaccess code for the park feature.Asterisk/Metaswitch provides aparking lot extension number forthe park feature. Enter theparking lot extension numberhere.Yes
sip_account.x.access_code_park_call

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Parked Call Retrievalsip_account.x.access_code_retrieve_parked_callEnter the call park retrieval access code. Broadsoft and Asterisk/Metaswitch provide a feature access code for park retrieval.Yes
Call Park variantsip_account.x.park_variantSupported values are broadsoft and asterisk. The former dials out a feature code, while the latter launches a blind transfer to the park code uriYes
Voicemailsip_account.x.access_code_retrieve_voicemailEnter the voicemail retrieval access code. The code is dialed when the user selects a line from the Features >Message menu.Yes
DND ONSip_account.x.access_code_dnd_onEnter the Do Not Disturb ON access code.Yes
DND OFFsip_account.x.access_code_dnd_offEnter the Do Not Disturb OFF access code.Yes
Call Forward All ONSip_account.x.access_code_cfa_onEnter the Call Forward All ON access code.As a Comverse feature, the code supports value substitution. For example, if an ON code is configured as *71%N#, %N will be replaced by another value before it is used as the INVITE target.Yes
Call Forward All OFFsip_account.x.access_code_cfa_offEnter the Call Forward All OFF access code.Yes
Call Forward No Answer ONSip_account.x.access_code_cfna_onEnter the Call Forward No Answer ON access code.Yes
Call Forward No Answer OFFsip_account.x.access_code_cfna_offEnter the Call Forward No Answer OFF access code.Yes
Call Forward Busy ONSip_account.x.access_code_cfb_onEnter the Call Forward Busy ON access code.Yes
Call Forward Busy OFFsip_account.x.access_code_cfb_offEnter the Call Forward Busy OFF access codeYes

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Anonymous Call Reject ONsip_account.x.access_code_anonymous_call_block_onEnter the Anonymous Call Reject ON access code.No
Anonymous Call Reject OFFsip_account.x.access_code_anonymous_call_block_offEnter the Anonymous Call Reject OFF access code.No
Anonymous Call ONsip_account.x.access_code_outgoing_call_anonymous_onEnter the Anonymous Call ON access code.No
Anonymous Call OFFsip_account.x.access_code_outgoing_call_anonymous_offEnter the Anonymous Call OFF access code.No
Call Waiting ONSip_account.x.access_code_call_waiting_onEnter the Call Waiting ON access code.No
Call Waiting OFFsip_account.x.access_code_call_waiting_offEnter the Call Waiting OFF access code.No
Group Call Pick Upsip_account.x.access_code_group_call_pickupEnter the Group Call Pickup code. Dialing the code enables the user to answer a call ringing at another deskset that is part of the same group.Yes
Direct Call Pick Upsip_account.x.access_code_direct_call_pickupEnter the Group Call Pickup code. Dialing the code enables the user to answer a call ringing at another deskset.Yes
Hunt Group Sign ONSip_account.x.access_code_direct_call_pickupEnter the Comverse Hunt Group ON code. Supports value substitution.Yes
Hunt Group Sign OFFsip_account.x.access_code_direct_call_pickupEnter the Comverse Hunt Group OFF code. Supports value substitution.Yes
Secretarial Filtering ONSip_account.x.access_code_direct_call_pickupEnter the Comverse Secretarial Filtering ON code. Supports value substitution.Yes
Secretarial Filtering OFFsip_account.x.access_code_direct_call_pickupEnter the Comverse Secretarial Filtering OFF code. Supports value substitution.Yes

ALCATEL

home & business phones

217 216 215 214 213 212 211 210 209 208 207 206 205 204 203 202 201 200 199 198 197 196 195 194 193 192 191 190 189 188 187 186 185 184 183 182 181 180 179 178 177 176 175 174 173 172 171 170 169 168 167 166 165 164 163 162 161 160 159 158 157 156 155 154 153 152 151 150 149 148 147 146 145 144 143 142 141 140 139 138 137 136 135 134 133 132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50

Busy Lamp Field Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
List URIUsed for list-based BLFEnter the BLF list URI, as supplied by or set up with your service provider. For example, blf-list1@sipservice.com. This list contains a list of extensions that are eligible for BLF monitoring. You can assign keys for BLF monitoring on the Programmable Keys page. See page 118.Sip URIblank
sip_account.x.blf_list_uri

ALCATEL

home & business phones

If left blank, individual uri-based BLF subscription will be assumed
BLF Subscription ExpirationEnter desired BLF subscription duration in seconds.It is normally 3600 sec15-655353600
sip_account.x.blfSubscription_expires
Remote Pickup CodeEnter the remote pickup code for the BLF list, as supplied by your service provider.stringblank
sip_account.x.blf_remote_pickup_code

Voicemail Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Enable MWI SubscriptionWhen enabled, the account subscribes to the "message summary" event package. The account may use the User ID or the service provider's "Mailbox ID".0: disable1: enable0
sip_account.x.mwi_enable
MWI Subscription ExpirationEnter desired "message summary" subscription duration in seconds.It is normally 3600 sec15-655353600
sip_account.x.mwi Subscription expires
Mailbox IDEnter the uri the phone should use to subscribe to "message summary" notifications.If left blank, the User ID is used for the MWI subscription.SIP URIblank
sip_account.x.mwi_uri
Ignore unsolicited MWIWhen enabled, only notifications pertaining to the active "message summary" subscription will be considered as valid to compute MWI status.Disable this setting if:• MWI service does not involve a subscription to a voicemail server. That is, the server0: disable1: enable0

ALCATEL

home & business phones

sip_account.x.mwi_ignore_unsolicitedsupports unsolicited MWI notifications.·you want the Message Waiting LED to indicate new messages when the deskset receives unsolicited MWI notifications.
Enable Stutter Dial ToneEnables or disables the stutter dial tone for that line (indicating message(s) waiting) when the phone goes off hook.0: disable1: enable1
sip_account.x.stutter_dial_tone_enable

NAT Traversal Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Enable STUNsip_account.x.nat_traversal_stun_enableEnables or disables STUN mechanism to allow sip communications in NATted environments.0: disable1: enable0
Server addresssip_account.x.nat_traversal_stun_server_addressEnter the stun server address or fqdnIP address or fqdnblank
Server portsip_account.x.nat_traversal_stun_server_portEnter the port the STUN server is using. Normally it will be 34780-655353478
Enable UDP Keep-Alivesip_account.x.nat_traversal_udp_keep_alive_enablesip_account.x.nat_traversal_stun_keep_alive_enableEnables or disables UDP or STUN keepalive packets on this account. Keep-alive packets are used to maintain connections established through NAT0: disable1: enable0
Keep-alive interval (secs)sip_account.x.nat_traversal_udp_keep_alive_intervalsip_account.x.nat_traversal_stun_keep_alive_intervalEnter the time in seconds between UDP ir STUN keepalive packets.0-6553530

Music On Hold Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Enable Local MoHEnables or disables a local tone played when the phone is put on hold by the remote party.0: disable1: enable1
sip_account.x.music_on_hold_enable

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Please disable if you wish to use server provided Music on hold instead.The interval between tones can be controlled with “Call Hold Reminder tone”, in User Preferences section

Network Conference Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Enable Network ConferenceEnables or disables conferences being controlled and mixed by a conference server, also called Network Bridge.0: disable1: enable0
sip_account.x.network_conference_enable
Conference URIEnter the URI to direct the phone to the network bridge for each line.SIP URIblank
sip_account.x.network_bridge_uri

Session Timer

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Enable Session TimerEnables or disables sip "timer" mechanism, which allows session monitoring0: disable1: enable0
sip_account.x.sip_session_timer_enable
Minimum value (secs)Enter the value of the "Min S-E" header, i.e., the minimum interval the phone is willing to use for monitoring the session90-6553590
sip_account.x.sip_session_timer_min
Maximum value (secs)Enter the maximum interval the phone is willing to use for monitoring the session.90-655351800
sip_account.x.sip_session_timer_max

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Jitter Buffer ● Fixed Fixed Delay (ms): 70 ● Adaptive Normal Delay (ms): 60 Minimum Delay (ms): 60 Maximum Delay (ms): 240 Keep Alive □ Enable Keep Alive Keep Alive Interval (secs): 15 ☑ Ignore Keep Alive Failure OK

Jitter Buffer

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Fixed/Adaptiveaudio.x.jitter.modeToggles between fixed and adaptive jitter buffer modes.fixed,adaptiveadaptive
Fixed Delay (ms)audio.x.fixed_jitter.delayIf Fixed is selected, enter the fixed jitter delay30-50070
Normal Delay (ms)audio.x.adaptive_jitter.target_delaysip_account.x.normal_jitterIf Adaptive is selected, or for models not supporting mode selection, enter the normal or "target" delay.20-50080
Minimum Delay (ms)audio.x.adaptive_jitter.min_delayEnter the minimum delay.20-25060
Maximum Delay (ms)audio.x.adaptive_jitter.max_delayEnter the maximum delay. This time, in milliseconds, must be at least twice the minimum delay.180-500240

Keep Alive

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Enable Keep AliveEnable SIP keep alive in service of NAT traversal and as a heartbeat mechanism to audit the SIP server health status.Once enabled, OPTIONS traffic0: disable1: enable0

ALCATEL

home & business phones

should be sent whenever the account is registered. OPTIONS traffic will occur periodically according to the keep-alive interval.
Keep Alive Interval (secs) sip_account.x.keep_alive_intervalSet the interval at which the OPTIONS for the keep-alive mechanism are sent.90-6553590
Ignore Keep Alive Failure sip_account.x.keep_alive_ignore_failureEnable the phone to ignore keep-alive failure, if the failure can trigger account re-registration and re-subscription (and active calls are dropped).90-655351800

Dial Plan

The dial plan consists of a series of dialing rules, or strings, that determine whether what the user has dialed is valid and when the phone should dial the number.

There are three different types of dial plans available: general, Call Restriction, and Emergency.

In the case of overlapping dial plan definitions between Emergency, Call Restriction, and the general dial plan, the following priority (high to low) applies:

  1. Emergency
  2. Call Restriction
  3. General

For example, in order to prevent a user from dialing extensions in the 9xx range while having 911 as the emergency number, use the following dial plans:

• Emergency dial plan = 911
- Call Restriction dial plan = 9xx
- General dial plan = xxx

A user who dials 920 will be unable to complete the call, and the message 920 is a restricted number will appear on the phone screen. A user who dials 911 will complete an emergency dial.

Numbers that are dialed when forwarding a call—when the user manually forwards a call, or a pre-configured number is dialed for Call Forward All, Call Forward-No Answer, or Call Forward Busy—always bypass the dial plan.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Dialing rules must consist of the elements defined in the table below.

ElementDescription
xAny dial pad key from 0 to 9, including # and *.
[0-9]Any two numbers separated by a hyphen, where the second number is greater than the first. All numbers within the range or valid, excluding # and *.
x+An unlimited series of digits.
,This represents the playing of a secondary dial tone (,) after the user enters the digit(s) specified or dials an external call prefix (,) before the comma. For instance, "9,xxxxxxx" means the secondary dial tone is played after the user dials 9 until any new digit is entered. "9,3xxxxxx" means only when the digit 3 is hit would thestop playing.
PXThis represents a pause of a defined time; X is the pause duration in seconds. For instance, "P3" would represent pause duration of 3 seconds. When "P" only is used, the pause time is the same as the Inter Digit Timeout.
(0:9)This is a substitution rule where the first number is replaced by the second. For example, "(4:723)xxxx" would replace "46789" with "723-6789". If the substituted number (the first number) is empty, the second number is added to the number dialed. For example, in "(:1)xxxxxxxxxx", the digit 1 is appended to any 10-digit number dialed.
|This separator is used to indicate the start of a new pattern. Can be used to add multiple dialing rules to one pattern edit box.

A sample dial plan appears below.

10 digit Numbers starting 01 to 07 [1-2]xx | 0[1-7]xxxxxxxxx | 112 Extensions 100 to 299 Emergency

See also Prefix Dialing on page 122

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Call Settings

You can configure call settings for each line. Call Settings include Do Not Disturb and Call Forward settings. For some models Ringtone selection, Call completion, Auto answer and Customized ringtone upload are also included in this section.

When you have finished changing settings on this page, click Save to save them.

Call settings are also available as parameters in the configuration file. See "call_settings" Module: Call Settings on page 223.

SYSTEM BIP Account Management Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Account 4 Account 5 Account 6 Call Settings Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Account 4 Account 5 Account 6 Preferences Programmable Keys Feature Keys Hard keys Speed Dial Ringer Paging Zones Server Application STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING CALL SETTINGS Line 1 General Call Settings Anonymous Call Reject Enable Anonymous Call Ringer Tone: 1 * Do Not Disturb Enable DFD Incoming Calls: Reject * Call Forward Enable Call Forward Always Target Number: Enable Call Forward Busy Target Number: Enable Call Forward No Answer Target Number: Delay: 8 rings *

General Call Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Anonymous call rejectEnables or disables rejecting calls indicated as "Anonymous."0: disable1: enable0
call_settings.account.x.block_anonymous_enable
Enable outgoing anonymous callWhen enabled, the phone will ask the server to hide its identity in outgoing calls. The caller name and number are indicated as "Anonymous."0: disable1: enable0
call_settings.account.x.outgoing_anonymous_enable
Ringer tone1-101

ALCATEL

home & business phones

user_pref.account.x.ringerSets the ringer tone for incoming calls on the account.

Do Not Disturb Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Enable Do Not Disturbcall_settings.account.x.dnd_enableTurns Do Not Disturb on or off.0: disable1: enable0
Incoming CallsSelects whether the phone displays incoming call information while Do Not Disturb is on.When set to Show, the phone displays incoming call information while Do Not Disturb is on. When set to Reject, the phone rejects incoming calls without alerting the user.show, rejectreject
call_settings.account.x.dnd_incoming_callsThe phone will not ring in either mode.

Call Forward Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Enable Call Forward Alwayscall_settings.account.x.call_fwd_always_enableEnables or disables call forwarding for all calls on that line. Select to enable.0: disable1: enable0
Target Numbercall_settings.account.x.call_fwd_always_targetEnter a number to which all calls will be forwarded.stringblank
Enable Call Forward Busycall_settings.account.x.call_fwd_busy_enableEnables or disables forwarding incoming calls to the target number if the number of active calls has reached the maximum number of calls configured for account x.0: disable1: enable0
Target Numbercall_settings.account.x.call_fwd_busy_targetEnter a number to which calls will be forwarded when the line is busy.stringblank

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Enable Call Forward No AnswerEnables or disables call forwarding for unanswered calls on that line.0: disable1: enable0
call_settings.account.x.cfna_enable
Target NumberEnter a number to which unanswered calls will be forwarded.stringblank
call_settings.account.x.cfna_target
DelaySelect the number of rings before unanswered calls are forwarded.1-10 (rings)6
call_settings.account.x.cfna_delay
Enable Missed calls alertEnables or disables missed call indication on the phone screen0: disable1: enable1
call_settings.missed_call_alert_enable

Auto Answer Enable Auto Answer Auto Answer Delay (secs) 2 Enable Mute on Answer Call Completion Enable Call Completion Enable Call Completion Alert Auto Radial Interval (secs): 30 Auto Radial Repeat: 10 Custom Ringer Custom Ringer File: (replaces Ringer 10): No file chosen Choose File Upset Reset to Delete Date

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Auto Answer

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Enable Auto AnswerEnables or disables unconditional Auto Answer. Auto Answer allows a deskset or conference phone to automatically answer incoming calls to that account without user intervention. An auto answer tone will sound0: disable1: enable0
call_settings.account.x.unconditional_auto_answer_enable
Auto Answer DelaySets the delay before the phone auto answers a call. Before the phone auto answers, the incoming call behaves identical to a normal call. Unless the user responds to the call (with reject, forward, answer, etc.), the phone answers the call after the delay expires.If Auto Answer Delay is set to zero, the incoming call is answered right away without triggering a ringer tone or ringer splash. However, the auto answer tone is still audible.0-302
call_settings.account.x.unconditional_auto_answer_delay
Enable Mute on AnswerEnables or disables muting the mic upon auto answering.Enabling muting is useful if the auto answered call is for the purpose of a one-way announcement. The user can unmute the call any time after being auto answered.0: disable1: enable0
call_settings.account.x.unconditional_auto_answer_mute_on_ans

Call Completion

When the user calls a busy number, the Call Completion feature enables the phone to redial the busy number automatically. You can configure the redialing to take place after a set interval and for a set number of times.

Call completion settings must be configured for each account.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Enable Call CompletionEnable or disable the call completion feature. Calls to busy numbers will prompt a "Retry later?" message on the phone screen.0: disable1: enable0
call_settings.account.x.call_completion_enable
Enable Call Completion AlertEnables or disables an audible alert (similar to a hold reminder alert tone) if the user is on another call when the auto redial interval expires.0: disable1: enable1
call_settings.account.x.call_completion_enable
Auto Redial Interval (secs)Sets the countdown timer until the user is prompted for the next dialing attempt.1-30030
call_settings.account.x.auto_redial_interval
Auto Redial RepeatSets how many auto redial attempts are made.1-3010
call_settings.account.x.auto_redial_repeat

Custom Ringer

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Custom ringer fileUpload a custom ringer audio file. This ringer replaces the factory default Ringer 10.The maximum file size is 300 k. The following WAV format is accepted:Audio sample rate: 16 kHzAudio sample size: 16 bitChannels: 1 (mono)uriblank
file.custom_ringerAudio format: PCM, Signed 16bit, Little Endian

User Preferences

On the User Preferences menu, you can configure some basic settings for the phone and set how the phone responds to calls. The User Preferences page is also available to phone users when they log on to the WebUI.

After changing any settings on this page, click Save to save them.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

The user preference settings are also available as parameters in the configuration file. See "user_pref" Module: User Preference Settings on page 221.

Note that, as in previous chapters, some of the settings are model dependent and may or may not appear on your phone's WUI.

SYSTEM SIP Account Management Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Account 4 Account 5 Account 6 Call Settings Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Account 4 Account 5 Account 6 Preferences Programmable Keys Feature Keys Hard keys Speed Dial Ringer Fapping Zones Server Application Runtime Settings STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACT SERVILING General User Settings Wallet Language: English Phone Language: English Backlight Timer (secs): 00 Kinger Volume: 00 Default Audio Mode: Standard Timeout to Idle Without Digit: 00 Enable Key Shop Call Hold Reminder Enable Call Hard Reminder Time Time Interval (secs): 00 Call Waiting Call Waiting Off: Reject Incoming Call It already on a Call Call Waiting On: New Incoming Call It already on a Call Enable Call Waiting Time Time Interval (secs): 00 Call Transfer Quick Transfer via Programmable Keys: Alternative Token: OK

General User Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
WebUI LanguageSets the language that appears on the WebUI. Other languages may be added lateren: Englishfr: Frenches: Spanishde: Germanit: Italianpt: Portuguesenl: Dutchru: Russianel: Greektr: Turkishpl: Polishen
user_pref.web_language

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Phone LanguageSets the language that appears on the phone. Not applicable to IP2015/IP2115. Other languages may be added lateren: Englishfr: Frenches: Spanishde: Germanit: Italianpt: Portuguesenl: Dutchru: Russianel: Greektr: Turkishpl: Polishen
user_pref.language
Backlight Timer (secs.)Sets how long the screen backlight stays on after the last button press.10-60(seconds)30
user_pref.backlight_timeout
Ringer VolumeSets the ringer volume for incoming calls. You can also use theVOLUME▼ or▲ keys on the deskset.0-9(0 means off)5
user_pref.ringer_volume
Default Audio ModeSets how calls are answered when you press a line key orAnswerApplies also to the Auto Answer mode.speaker, headsetspeaker
user_pref.audio_mode
Timeout to Idle Without DigitSets the timeout (in seconds) after the phone goes off hook and no digits are entered. After the timeout, the phone returns to idle mode.10-6030
user_pref.absent_timeout
Enable Key BeepEnables or disables key-press beeps.0:disable1:enable1
user_pref.key_beep_enable

Call Hold Reminder Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Enable Call Hold Reminder ToneEnables or disables the call hold reminder tone. This tone periodically warns the user that he has previously put a call on hold.Select to enable.0: disable1: enable1
user_pref.hold_reminder.enable
Tone Interval (secs)30

ALCATEL

home & business phones

user_pref.hold_reminder.intervalSets the interval for the call hold reminder tone.10-300 (seconds)

Call Waiting Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Enable Call Waiting Toneuser_pref.call_waiting.tone_enableEnables or disables the call waiting tone. Select to enable.0: disable1: enable1
Call Waiting Tone Interval (secs.)user_pref.call_waiting.tone_intervalSets the interval in seconds for the call waiting reminder tone.10-60(seconds)30
Call Waiting on/offAccepts or rejects incoming call notification screen while the user is already on a call.Only one of the two radio buttons can be selected.If set to “enable”, the waiting call is presented to the userIf set to “reject”, the phone will send an error response to the server.enable, rejectenable
user_pref.call_waiting.modeNot applicable to IP2015/IP2115, where handsets handle this feature.

Call Transfer Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Quick Transfer via Programmable KeysSets transfer options for Quick Dial and BLF Programmable keys during an active call. When a quick dial key or BLF key is pressed during an active call, the key will either:Start a new callPerform a blind transfer of the active call to the extension associated with the quick dial or BLF key. This enables one-button operation for Call Park, Park Retrieval, and Park Orbit monitoring.Perform an attended transfer of the active call to the extension associated with the quick dial or BLF key.new_call, blind, attendednew_call
user_pref.quick_transfer

ALCATEL

home & business phones

The above operations are server dependent. The server has to support all of the following with Call Park to make one-button operation possible:

• Monitoring a park orbit as an extension via BLF subscription (rfc4235)

- Remote BLF pickup via one of the two pickup options:

-New call via SIP INVITE

-Dialog based via SIP INVITE with REPLACE

- Parking an active call via blind transfer to a park orbit.

Other Settings

All settings in this section refer to desk top phones only, not to IP2015 IP DECT system.

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
LCD Contrast LevelSets the contrast for the LCD display.1-74
user_pref. lod_constrast
Backlight level (non idle)Enables or disables the backlight for non idle mode, i.e, during user operation.off, low, middle, highhigh
user_pref. backlight
Backlight level (idle)Enables or disables the backlight in idle state.off, low, middle, highoff
user_pref. idle_backlight
Live dial to idle timeout (secs.)Sets the timeout (in seconds) after which live dial interface will return to idle if there are no more dialled digits.10-60 (seconds)30
user_pref. absent_timeout
Idle to logo timeoutSets the timeout to switch from idle screen to the customized (or standard) logo display0-300(seconds)0 means no logo will be displayed30
user_pref. idle_to_logo_timeout
Logo to idle timeoutSets the timeout to switch from logo to idle screen1-300(seconds)60
user_pref. logo_to_idle_timeout

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Specify the order and available language input options when in text input modenumberuc_western: upper caselc_western: lower caseuc_ru: Russian upper caselc_ru: Russian lower caseuc_el: Greek upper caselc_el: Greek lower casenumber,lc_western,uc_wester n
user_pref.text_input_option
Handsfree volumeSets speaker volume for handsfree calls.1-105
user_pref.speaker_volume
Headset volumeSets headset volume.1-105
user_pref.headset_volume
Corded Handset volumeSets handset volume.1-105
user_pref.handset_volume
Enable Key beepEnables or disables the beep played when a key is pressed.0: disable1: enable1
user_pref.key_beep_enable

Programmable Function Keys

Temporis IP100, IP150, IP151, IP251G, IP300, IP301G, IP700G and IP701G models are equipped with programmable keys with a dual-color backlight (orange and green). Keys are numbered top to bottom, and then left to right when applicable.

In all models listed above there is a mechanism to access a second virtual key on each physical key. For IP30x and IP70xG this is done via "Access to second function" key, whereas in IP100 and IP15x F5/F15 can be assigned for this purpose if desired.

The number of programmable function keys and toggle mechanism for each model is shown in the table below.

ModelNumber of PFKsNumber of keys with backlightAccess to second functionNumber of virtual keys
Temporis IP100105F5/F15 (config)18
Temporis IP251G22N/A2
Temporis IP15x105F5/F15 (config)18
Temporis IP30x1212“Lower” key24

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Temporis IP70xG1616"Lower" key32

You can assign functions to the programmable keys. You can select one option for each physical or virtual key. Keys can have identical functions. For example, you can assign several "Line" keys for Line 1 to enable users to manage multiple calls on Line 1. You can also assign multiple Quick Dial keys.

Depending on the feature, you may need to select also the line (account) for which it is applicable and some value.

The programmable key settings are also available:

-from the phone menu (except for Temporis IP100); see for example Programmable Keys on page 15 or Customizing your phone with User Settings menu on page 60.

-as parameters in the configuration file. See "pfk" Module: Programmable Feature Key Settings

SYSTEM SIP Account Management Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Call Settings Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Preferences Programmable Keys Speed Dial Signaling Ringer Paging Zones PROGRAMMABLE KEYS Key Type Value Account Key 1 None Account 1 Key 2 None Account 1 Key 3 None Account 2 Key 4 Multicost Page 1 Account 1 Key 5 Intercom Account 1 Key 6 Nik Account 2 Key 7 Quick Dial Account 1 Key 8 Quick Dial Account 1 Key 9 Quick Dial Account 1 Key 10 Quick Dial Account 1 Key 11 Direct Call Pickup Account 1 Key 12 Group Call Pickup Account 1 Key 13 Quick Dial Account 1 Key 14 Quick Dial Account 1 Key 15 Quick Dial Account 1 Key 16 Quick Dial Account 1

TypeDescriptionParameters
LineConfigures the key for accessing a line (or SIP account). Users can make or answer calls by pressing these keys. The key LED will change according to call activity.After selecting Line in the Type column, select the Line number in the Line column.pfk.x.feature = linepfk.x.account = 1,2,...(x: 1-32, function key number; depends on model)
DirectoryConfigures the key to access the Directory menu. Users can then press the key to view the Directory menu.pfk.x.feature = dir(x: 1-32, function key number; depends on model)

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Call HistoryConfigures the key to access the Call History list. Users can then press the key to view the Call History list.pfk.x.feature = call log(x: 1-32, function key number;depends on model)
RedialConfigures the key to access the Redial list.Users can then press the key to view the Redial list.pfk.x.feature = redial(x: 1-32, function key number;depends on model)
MessagesConfigures the key to access the Message menu. Users can then press the key to view the Message menu.pfk.x.feature = messages(x: 1-32, function key number;depends on model)
Do Not DisturbConfigures the key to turn Do Not Disturb on or off. Select the line for which you want to set the feature.The key is lit orange when DND is on.pfk.x.feature = dndpfk.x.account = 1,2,...(x: 1-32, function key number;depends on model)
Do Not Disturb AllConfigures the key to turn Do Not Disturb on or off for all accounts. The key is lit orange when DND All is on (as are any other DND keys). If one or more accounts also has a dedicated DND key, turning DND off for a particular account will cause the DND All key to flash, indicating that not all accounts have DND set.pfk.x.feature = dnd all
Call Forward AllConfigures the key to turn Call Forward All on or off.In the Line column, select the line for which Call Forward All will apply.Before assigning the key, ensure that you configure Call Forward settings on the Call Settings page.pfk.x.feature = cfwd allpfk.x.account = 1,2, ... (x: 1-32, function key number;depends on model)
Call Forward BusyConfigures the key to turn Call Forward Busy on or off.In the Line column, select the line for which Call Forward Busy will apply.Before assigning the key, ensure that you configure Call Forward settings on the Call Settings page.pfk.x.feature = cfwd busypfk.x.account = 1,2 or 3(x: 1-32, function key number;depends on model)
Call Forward No AnswerConfigures the key to turn Call Forward No Answer on or off.In the Line column, select the line for which Call Forward No Answer will apply.Before assigning the key, ensure that you configure Call Forward settings on the Call Settings page.pfk.x.feature = cfwd no answerpfk.x.account = 1,2...3(x: 1-32, function key number)
Park CallEnables the user to park a call. Pressing the key dials the Call Park feature access codepfk.x.feature = park callpfk.x.account = 1,2...

ALCATEL

home & business phones

(FAC) configured on the Account Settings page.In the Line column, select the line (sip account) on which the feature access code will be dialed out.For example, choose Line 1 if you wish to use the Call Park FAC that you entered for account 1.For some service providers, you must also enter a park extension in the Value column. This value will be dialed along with the Call Park FAC. See alsosip_account.x.park_variant.(x: 1-32, function key number;depends on model)
Retrieve Park CallEnables the user to retrieve a parked call. Pressing the key dials the Parked Call Retrieval feature access code (FAC) configured on the Account Settings page.In the Line column, select the line on which the feature access code will be dialed out.For example, choose Line 1 if you wish to use the Parked Call Retrieval FAC that you entered for account 1.For some service providers, you must also enter a park retrieval extension in the Value column. This value will be dialed along with the Parked Call Retrieval FAC.pfk.x.feature = retrieveparked callpfk.x.account = 1,2... 3(x: 1-32, function key number;model-dependent)
Quick DialConfigures the key to dial a number on the selected line. After selecting Quick Dial, enter the number to be dialed in the Value column. In the Line column, select the line on which the number will be dialed out.pfk.x.feature = quick dialpfk.x.account = 1,2, ...pfk.x.quick_dial =(x: 1-32, function key number;depends on model)
BLF (Busy Lamp Field)Configures the key to monitor another extension.In the Value column, enter the URI of the extension you want to monitor with this key. For example,6045552001@sipservice.com.If you are using list based BLF, the URI must be from the BLF list you set up with your service provider and entered under “Busy Lamp Field Settings” under SIP Account ManagementFor configuring BLF interoperability when using certain service platforms, see sip_account.x.blf_variant.pfk.x.feature = busy lamp fieldpfk.x.account = 1,2, ...pfk.x.blf=(x: 1-32, function key number;depends on model)

ALCATEL

home & business phones

ACD (Automatic Call Distribution)Configures the key to display the ACD State menu on the phone LCD. In the Account column, select the applicable account. The key LED will indicate the current ACD state.Shared Line accounts support ACD, but note that subscribers to a shared line will share a common ACD state.pfk.x.feature = acdpfk.x.account = 1,2, ... (x: 1-32, function key number; depends on model)
Intercom/PageConfigures the key to call one or a group of phones. Pressing the key dials the Paging feature access code. You must enter the feature access code for Paging on the SIP Account Management page.You can configure pages to be automatically answered. See "Page Auto Answer" under SIP Account Managementpfk.x.feature = pagepfk.x.account = 1,2, ... (x: 1-32, function key number; depends on model)
Multicast PageConfigures the key to make outgoing multicast pages. In the Value column, enter a valid Paging Zone ID (ranging from 1 to 10). Multicast paging differs from standard paging in that it is handled locally by the Deskset and does not require a subscription through the hosted server. To use multicast paging, you must first set up paging zones on the WebUI. See Paging Zone on page 130.pfk.x.feature = multicast pagepfk.x.multicast_zone = 1 to 10 (x: 1-32, function key number; depends on model)
In Call DTMFConfigures the key to dial a string of numbers while the end user is on a call. For example, pressing the key might dial a conference access code.After selecting In Call DTMF, enter the number to be dialed in the Value column.pfk.x.feature = in call dtmfpfk.x.incall_dtmf = (x: 1-32, function key number; depends on model)
Call returnConfigures the key to dial the number of the last missed call.pfk.x.feature = callback (x: 1-32, function key number; depends on model)
Group Call PickupEnables the user to answer a call ringing at another extension. The call can be ringing at any extension in the phone's call pickup group. Pressing the key dials the Group Call Pickup feature access code (FAC) configured on the Account Settings page.pfk.x.feature = group call pickuppfk.x.account = 1,2... (x: 1-32, function key number; depends on model)
Direct Call PickupEnables the user to answer a call ringing at a specific deskset. Pressing the key dials the Direct Call Pickup feature access code (FAC) configured on the Account Settings page. Depending on the server requirements, the user may then need to enter the number of the ringing extension.pfk.x.feature = direct call pickuppfk.x.account = 1,2... (x: 1-32, function key number; depends on model)
Prefix DialingConfigures the key for prefix dialing. Pressing a PFK assigned to Prefix Dialing will automatically go off-hook into Dial mode usingpfk.x.feature = prefix dialpfk.x.account = 1,2... pfk.x.prefix =

ALCATEL

home & business phones

the account configured for the PFK. The digits entered under Value are concatenated to any number that the user enters. The outgoing call will include the [Prefix] + [Dialing string]. The Prefix digits are hidden from the user. The prefix digits are visible during Dialing and Call Active states.Note that %N can be used for substitution of user-entered digits. For example, *71%N# will use [*71] + [user-entered digits] + [#] as the outgoing dialing string.The dial plan is enabled after the user enters one or more digits. Both prefix digits (hidden) and user-entered digits (visible) are used for dial plan matching.The timeout-to-dial element in the dial plan is suspended if the user navigates away from the dialing screen.(x: 1-32, function key number; depends on model)
XML AppConfigures the key to open the XML browser. Pressing the key initiates an HTTP(s) GET request to the server. Enter the URI of the XML application to be executed.pfk.x.feature = xml apppfk.x.account = 1,2...pfk.x.xml_uri =(x: 1-32, function key number; depends on model)
FlashConfigures the key as a Flash key.With one call active, pressing Flash puts the active call on hold and displays a new call screen with live dial.With two calls active, pressing Flash:puts the active call on hold and retrieves a held call, oranswers an incoming call.pfk.x.feature = flashpfk.x.account = 1,2...x: 1-32, function key number; depends on model)
Call Handling ProfileConfigures the key for Comverse call handling profile. Enter the string of the call handling profile that the PFK LED will indicate.pfk.x.feature = chppfk.x.account = 1,2...pfk.x.call_handling_profile = pfk.x.call_handling_profile_set_code(x: 1-32, function key number; depends on model)
Hunt GroupConfigures the key to turn Comverse hunt group on or off. Enter the hunt group extension number assigned for this key.pfk.x.feature = hgpfk.x.account = 1,2...pfk.x.hunt_group =(x: 1-32, function key number; depends on model)
Secretarial FilteringConfigures the key to turn Comverse secretarial filtering on or off. Enter the manager's extension number assigned for this key.pfk.x.feature = sfpfk.x.account = 1,2...pfk.x.secretarial_filtering =(x: 1-32, function key number; depends on model)

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Phone LockConfigures the key to enable or disable the phone lock. For more information, see Security sectionpfk.x.feature = lock_key
N/AThe programmable key has no function assignedpfk.x.feature = unassigned pfk.x.account = 1,2...(x: 1-32, function key number; depends on model)

Programmable Hard Keys

Temporis IP151, IP251G, IP301G and IP701G models are equipped with programmable hard keys. You can assign additional functions to those keys, which are listed on the Programmable Hard Keys page.

The functions that you assign to hard keys apply to each key in idle mode only

SYSTEM SIP Account Management Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Account 4 Account 5 Account 6 Call Settings Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Account 4 Account 5 Account 6 Preferences Programmable Keys Feature Keys Hard keys Speed Dial PROGRAMMABLE Hard Keys Key Type Value Account up:%s * down:%s * select:%s * cancel:%s * Flash:%s * hold:%s Network Status * muts:%s * transfer:%s * conf:%s * Type NETWORK CONTACTS SERVETING

You can essentially assign the same functions as in the Programmable Feature Keys, with the following remarks:

-Line and BLF are not available for Hardkeys

-You can also assign the Network Status function to these keys.

TypeDescriptionParameters
Network StatusConfigures the key to display the Network Status IPv4 orIPv6 selection screen when pressed.pfk..feature = network status depends on the model and can be up, down, select, cancel, flash, hold, mute, transfer, conf

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Please refer to Programmable Function Keys chapter and to "pfk" Module: Programmable Feature Key Settings for more details.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Memory Keys: Speed Dial

Applicable to Temporis IP100, IP150, IP151, IP251G, IP300, IP301G, IP700G, IP701G and Conference IP1850.

On the Speed Dial page, you can enter up to 10 speed dial numbers. For each speed dial number you enter, you must assign the line on which the number will be dialed out.

To dial a speed dial number, press and hold the dial pad key that matches the speed dial entry number. When for entry 10, press 0).

Note: This menu duplicates the speed dial menu on the desktop phones (Menu > 1.Features > 5.Speed dial), i.e. entries that are entered and saved on the WebUI replace entries that were entered using the phone, and viceversa.

Note: You can also assign programmable function keys to be quick dial keys.

SYSTEM SIP Account Management Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Call Settings Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Preferences Programmable Keys Speed Dial Signaling Ringer Paging Zones STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING Speed Dial Key Name Value Account Key 1 Key 2 Key 3 Key 4 Key 5 Key 6 Key 7 Key 8 Key 9 Key 0 Value Account 1 ✓ Account 1 ✓ Account 1 ✓ Account 1 ✓ Account 1 ✓ Account 1 ✓ Account 1 ✓ Account 1 ✓ Account 1 ✓ Account 1 ✓ Account 1 ✓ Account 1 ✓ Account 1 ✓ Account 1 ✓ Account 1 ✓ Account 1 ✓ Account 1 ✓ Account 1 ✓ Account 1 ✓ Account 1 ✓ Account 1 ✓

To enter speed dial numbers:

  1. In the Name column, enter the name associated with this speed-dial entry.
  2. In the Value column, enter a phone number for the desired key.
  3. In the Line column, select the line that this speed dial number will use.
  4. Click Save.

Speed Dial Keys

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Name ValueA name associated to this memory key.stringblank
speed_dial.x.name(x: 0-9)
Number ValueThe phone number that the memory key dials when pressed and held.SIP URIblank

ALCATEL

home & business phones

speed_dial.x.number(x: 0-9)
Linespeed_dial.x.account(x: 0-9)The SIP account (line) the phone will use to dial the number.1: Acc 1,2:Acc 2,etc1

Signaling Settings

Applicable to Temporis IP100, IP150, IP300, IP700G, IP2015 and Conference IP1850.

SYSTEM SIP Account Management Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Call Settings Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Preferences Programmable Keys Speed Dial Signaling Ringer Paging Zones STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING Voice Min Local RTP Port: 13000 Max Local RTP Port: 13000 NAT Traversal Enable IP Masquerading Public IP Address: Public SIP Port: 5060 Min Public RTP Port: 13000 Max Public RTP Port: 13000 Save

Voice Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Min Local RTP portnetwork.rtp.port_startReal-time Transport Protocol (RTP) Ports are entered as a range. This range is usually specified by your service provider.Enter the lower limit of the RTP port range.0-6553518000
Max Local RTP portnetwork.rtp.port_endEnter the upper limit of the RTP port range.0-6553519000

NAT Traversal

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Enable IP Masqueradingnetwork.nat.masquerading_enableSelect to enable NAT traversal via IP masquerading.1: Enabled0: Disabled0
Public IP addressnetwork.nat.public_ip_addrEnter the external IP address of your router.Your router needs a static IP address for IP masquerading to work.IP addressblank
Public SIP portnetwork.nat.public_sip_portEnter the router port number being used for SIP.0-655355060
Min Public RTP portnetwork.nat.public_rtp_port_startReal-time Transport Protocol (RTP) Ports are entered as a range. This range is usually specified by your service provider.Enter the lower limit of the RTP port range.0-6553518000
Max Public RTP portnetwork.nat.public_rtp_port_endEnter the upper limit of the RTP port range.0-6553519000

Ringer Settings

Applicable to Temporis IP100, IP150, IP151, IP251G, IP300, IP301G, IP700G, IP701G and Conference IP1850.

The Ringer Settings enable you to provide a distinctive ringing feature via the custom Alert-Info header associated with an incoming call. This setting overrides the ringer tone you have set for the account. For example, you can set a unique ringer tone to alert the deskset user upon receiving any incoming calls tagged as "important" or "External" in the Alert-Info header.

The SIP Invite message contains an Alert-Info header that the phone checks in order to determine which ringer tone to play. The Alert-Info header format is as follows:

Alert-Info: http://www.notused.net;info=info_text

If the header contains the "info" parameter, the phone attempts to match it to the Internal Ringer Text. If there is a match, the Internal Ringer Tone will play. If there is no match, the default tone for the account will play.

The matching is done on a "first match" basis. In the case of duplicate text strings, the ringer tone associated with the first matched entry in the Internal Ringer Text list will play.

The server-side configuration must be done with your service provider. This is where the SIP Invite text ("Internal Ringer Text") will be derived.

The ringer settings are also available as parameters in the configuration file. See "ringersetting" Module: distinctive ringing settings on page 237.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

SYSTEM SIP Account Management Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Call Settings Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Preferences Programmable Keys Speed Dial Signaling Ringer Paging Zones STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING Ringer Distinctive Ringing Text Tone Ringer 1 Ringer 2 Ringer 3 Ringer 4 Ringer 5 Ringer 6 Ringer 7 Ringer 8 Ringer 9 Ringer 10 Case

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Distinctive Ringing TextEnter the text that will match the "info" parameter and play the ringer tone.The matching of the "info" parameter and Internal Ringer Text is case sensitive. The maximum length of the Internal Ringer Text is 40 characters.String, up to 40 charactersblank
ringersetting.x.ringer_text(x=1-8)
ToneSelect the desired ringer from the list.Ringer 1 to - Ringer 10 (1-10)1
ringersetting.x.ringer_type(x=1-8)

Note: minimum content of the Alert-Info header to use this feature is:
Alert-Info: <>;info=info_text

Paging Zone

Applicable to Temporis IP100, IP150, IP151, IP251G, IP300, IP301G, IP700G, IP701G and Conference IP1850.

On the Paging Zone page, you can enter the multicast IP addresses that the phone will monitor. When a page is sent out using this multicast IP address, all phones that are programmed to monitor that IP address will receive the paging RTP stream and play the page on their speakerphone. You can also enable the phone to send out multicast pages using a particular multicast IP address.

You must first set up paging groups (each group consisting of a multicast paging IP address and assigned User IDs) on your SIP PBX. The desk set can monitor a maximum of 10 multicast IP addresses.

SYSTEM SIP Account Management Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Call Settings Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Preferences Programmable Keys Speed Dial Signaling Ringer Paging Zones STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICINE ID Name Multicast IP Multicast Port Priority Enable Incoming Page 1 \\u#

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
NameEnter the name of the paging zone. Names can be a maximum of 15 characters. The paging zone name is displayed on the LCD during incoming and outgoing multicast pages.String, up to 15 charsblank
page_zone.x.name(x= page zone ID number, 1 to 10)
Multicast IPEnter the paging zone multicast IP address. The IP address range for multicast addresses is 224.0.0.0-239.255.255.255.IPv4 address, 224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255blank
page_zone.x.multicast_address(x= page zone ID number, 1 to 10)

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Multicast PortEnter the multicast port used by the multicast IP address. The valid port range is 1 to 65535.0-65535blank
page_zone.x.multicast_port(x= page zone ID number, 1 to 10)
PrioritySelect the paging zone priority from 1 to 10.Zones with a priority higher than another zone can interrupt the lower-priority zone's active page.1-105
page_zone.x.priority(x= page zone ID number, 1 to 10)
Call priority thresholdThis priority setting also ranges from 1 to 10. If the paging zone priority is higher or equal to the call priority, then a multicast page can interrupt an active, dialing, or incoming call.1-102
page_zone.call_priority_threshold
Enable incoming pageSelect to enable the deskset to receive incoming pages for that paging zone. If the "Enable Incoming Page" checkbox is not selected, the phone will not listen for the multicast, but will still be able to broadcast an outgoing page.0: disabled1: enabled1
page_zone.x.accept_incoming_page(x= page zone ID number, 1 to 10)

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Server applications

This feature applies to models IP151, IP251G, IP301G, and IP701G.

On the Server Application page, you can enter Action URIs to allow your desk set to interact with a server application by using an HTTP GET request. The action URI triggers a GET request when a specified event occurs. Action URIs allow an external application to take control of the display when an event occurs. These pre-defined events are listed under “Action URI” on the Server Application page.

Action URIs are typically used in conjunction with the XML Browser, which can be customized to deliver an appropriate user experience.

For more information about the XML Browser syntax please contact your Technical Support team.

Your desk set supports both push and pull server applications. Note that Action URI events are not "push" events as it is the phone that requests a URI when triggered by certain states. You can enable push server applications under "XML Push Settings".

Action URI Syntax

To access an XML application, the phone performs an HTTP GET on a URL.

An HTTP GET request may contain a variable name and variable value, which are separated by "=". Each variable value starts and ends with "\\" in the query part of the URL.

Action URI variables pass dynamic data to the server. The valid URL format is:

http://host[:port]/dir/file name?variable name=\\variable value\\

where:

host is the hostname or IP address of the server supporting the XML application port is the port number the phones are using for the HTTP request

At the time of the HTTP call, the variable value field is populated with the appropriate data. For example, the following URL passes the SIP Account User Identifier to the server:

http://10.50.10.140/script.pl?name=\SIPUSERNAME\\$

A GET request then passes along the following information:

http://10.50.10.140/script.pl?name=42512

Assuming that the User Identifier is 42512.

Variable names are defined by the particular XML application being called.

Variable values are predefined and depend on the status of the phone. If the variable has no meaning in the current status, then the phone sends an empty string.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

The table below lists all possible variable values. Note that variables applicable during an Incoming or Active Call (such as INCOMINGNAME and REMOTENUMBER) are initialized at the beginning and at the end of the call.

Variable valueDescription
SIPUSERNAMESIP Account User Identifier
DISPLAYNAMESIP Account Display Name
LOCALIPPhone's local IP Address
INCOMINGNAMECaller ID name of the current Incoming Call
REMOTENUMBERRemote party phone number (Incoming or Outgoing)
REGISTRATIONSTATERegistration state available from the Registration event. Values are:REGISTEREDDEREGISTEREDFAIL
MACThe phone's MAC Address
MODELThe phone's model number.

SYSTEM SIP Account Management Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Account 4 Account 5 Account 6 Call Settings Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Account 4 Account 5 Account 6 Preferences Programmable Keys Feature Keys Hard keys Speed Dial Ringer Paging Zones Server Application Hotline Settings STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING Server Application Action URI End of boot sequence: Successful Registration: On Hooks: Off Hooks: Incoming Call: Outgoing Call: Timer Based: Timer Based Interval: 2000 Connected: Registration Event: XML Push Settings Enable HTTP Push: Enable Push during call Save

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Action URI

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
End of boot sequenceThe End of boot sequence URI is triggered at the end of the phone boot sequence.Using the End of boot sequence URI, it is possible to develop self-provisioning on the phone. For example, an XML application can identify the phone and generate a MAC-specific file on the fly.URIBlank
system_event.startup.action_uri
Successful RegistrationThe Successful Registration URI is triggered the first time the phone registers successfully to a SIP Account. If the phone registers to multiple SIP Accounts, then the Successful Registration URI is triggered for each line.URIBlank
system_event.registered.action_uri
On HookThe On Hook URI is triggered when the phone transitions from Active to Idle (or from Paging to Idle). For example, when:The user presses the End soft keyThe user hangs up the corded handset during a callA transfer is completed and the user returns to idleThe far end hangs upThe call was not answeredThe call fails.URIBlank
system_event.on_hook.action_uri

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Off HookSelect the paging zone priority from 1 to 10. Zones with a priority higher than another zone can interrupt the lower-priority zone's active page.The Off Hook URI is triggered when the user goes to Dial mode by:Lifting the corded handset of the cradlePressing the SPEAKER or HEADSET hard keyPressing a Line PFKPressing the [New] soft key during a held call. Note that the Off Hook URI will NOT be triggered when calling a pre-defined number and going immediately to Dialing mode—this event triggers the Outgoing Call URI instead.URIBlank
Incoming CallThe Incoming Call URI is triggered for each Incoming Ring event or Call Waiting event. Using the Incoming Call URI, it is possible to display extra information on the phone for an Incoming Call. For example, the XML application that is called when there is an Incoming Call can do a database lookup and display information on the caller.Note that this Action URI will not be triggered if DND or Call Forward All is enabled or if Call Waiting is disabled (i.e., the call is rejected).URIBlank
Outgoing CallThe Outgoing Call URI is triggered each time a SIP INVITE message is sent (Dialing mode). For example, after:Pressing theialoftkey in Predial with populated numberUsing the dial pad to speed dial a callPressing a Quick Dial PFKDialing a Directory number by going off-hook.URIBlank

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Timer Basedsystem_event.poll.action_uriThe Timer Based URI will be triggered when the configured timeout expires. The timer starts at the end of the phone boot sequence.URIBlank
Timer Based Intervalsystem_event.poll.intervalEnter the interval before the Timer Based URI is triggered.1-655353600
Connectedsystem_event.connected.action_uriThe Connected URI is triggered each time the phone is in an Active Call or is Paging.URIBlank
Registration Eventsystem_event.registration_event.action_uriThe Registration Event URI is triggered every time there is a registration state change. For example:RegisteredDeregisteredFail (Registration timed out, refused, or expired)The Registration Event URI is not triggered when the same event is repeated.URIBlank

XML Push Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Enable HTTP Pushxml_app.http_push_enableSelect to enable HTTP push, which enables the phone to display XML objects that are "pushed" to the phone from the server via http/https POST or SIP NOTIFY.0:disable1:enable0
Enable Push during callxml_app.push_during_call_enableSelect to enable the phone to display pushed XML objects during a call. Otherwise, the XML application is displayed after the call is over.0:disable1:enable0

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Hotline Settings

This feature is applicable to Temporis IP100, IP150, IP151, IP251G, IP300, IP301G, IP700G, IP701G.

Hotline settings enable your desk set to dial a pre-configured number after any off-hook action in idle mode—lifting the handset, pressing SPEAKER, pressing HEADSET, or pressing a PFK Line key. The hotline dialing is subject to a delay. When this delay is configured, it supersedes the inter-digit timeout used for regular calls.

Predial mode and dialing mode are not considered idle mode. Hotline dialing will not trigger if digits have been entered, or when the phone is dialing a number.

Hotline dialing will be cancelled if the user presses any keys, or if there are any incoming calls during the hotline dialing delay period.

The hotline number uses the phone's default dial plan

SYSTEM SIP Account Management Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Account 4 Account 5 Account 6 Call Settings Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Account 4 Account 5 Account 6 Preferences Programmable Keys Feature Keys Hard Keys Speed Dial Binger Paging Zones Server Applications In-line Settings STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING Hotline Double Hotline Accounts: Used Amount * Phone Number: 0 Delay (sum): 0

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Enable Hotlinecall_settings.hotline_enableEnables the Hotline feature0: disabled1: enabled0
Accountcall_settings.hotline_accountSets the account used for dialing the hotline number.0-60 stands for the default account0
Phone Numbercall_settings.hotline_numberSets the number to be dialed after the hotline delay.stringblank
Delay (secs)call_settings.hotline_delaySets the hotline delay before the number is dialed.0-100

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Handset settings

This subsection of SYSTEM section is available for IP2015/IP2115 IP DECT only. It will allow you to configure which handsets are associated to which account(s), what will be the default dial out account for each handset, as well as the name a particular handset will display on its idle screen.

ALCATEL Home & business phones Alcatel IP2015 Level SYSTEM SIP Account Management Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Account 4 Account 5 Account 6 Call Settings Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Account 4 Account 5 Account 6 Preferences Signaling Handset Settings Account Assignments Handset Name STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICIE General Account Settings Enable Account Display Name: User Identifier: Authentication Name: Authentication Password: Dist Plan: Inter-Cigt Timeout (sec) Maximum Number of Calls: Feature Specification: QTRP Method: UAEgiver After Retard: SIP Server Server Address: Print: 8000 Registration

Account assignment

IP2015/IP2115 support up to six handsets and six sip accounts. Admins can decide which account or accounts are associated to a handset in particular, i.e.:

  • whether an incoming call addressed to one account will be sent by the base to a handset or not, and
  • whether a handset will be able to select that account to dial out

To do this, simply tick or untick the boxes on the handset vs accounts matrix shown on the WUI.

SYSTEM ZIP Account Management Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Account 4 Account 5 Account 6 Call Settings Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Account 4 Account 5 Account 6 Preferences Signaling Handset Settings Account Assignments Handset Name STATUS SYNETH NETWORK CONTACTS SERVIDING Account Assignments Handeset Name Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Account 4 Account 5 Account 6 Default. 1 HANDET UP UP UP UP UP Account 1 ▼ 2 HANDET UP □ UP UP UP Account 1 ▼ 3 HANDET UP □ UP UP UP Account 1 ▼ 4 HANDET UP □ UP UP UP Account 1 ▼ 5 HANDET UP □ UP UP UP Account 1 ▼ 6 HANDET UP □ UP UP UP Account 1 ▼

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Each line corresponds to one handset; you can identify each handset by its name and number. Handset number is shown at the top right corner on the idle screen. And each column corresponds to one account.

In the example above, only Handset1 can use Account2 to send and receive calls. The rest of accounts can be used by all handsets.

On top of that, you can select one default account per handset. This account will be used to dial out except if you manually select another one. Other exceptions are those cases where a dial out account is predefined: call log, speed dial and Contacts.

Again referring to the example above, all handsets will use Account1 to dial out by default.

Handset account assignment settings are also available as parameters in the configuration file. See "hs_settings" Module: Handset management Settings on page 240

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Assigned accountsLists accounts assigned to a handset.Comma separated account index list1,2,3,4,5,6
hs_settings.x.assigned_account(x is handset number, from 1 to 6)
Default accountAccount which will be used to dial out, except if there is a pre-assignment or user manually selects another one.1 to 61
hs_settings.x.default_account(x is handset number, from 1 to 6)

Handset name

Each handset can be assigned a name to be displayed on the idle screen.

SYSTEM SIP Account Management Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Account 4 Account 5 Account 6 Lab Settings Account 1 Account 2 Account 3 Account 4 Account 5 Account 6 Preferences Signaling Handset Settings Account Assignments Handset Name STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK COATCTS SERVICING Handset Name Handset 1: HANDSET Handset 2: HANDSET Handset 3: HANDSET Handset 4: HANDSET Handset 5: HANDSET Handset 6: HANDSET

ALCATEL

home & business phones

This configuration can be done as well using the handset Phone rename submenu. See User Settings on page 76.

Handset name settings are also available as parameters in the configuration file See "hs_settings" Module: Handset management Settings on page 240

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Handset namehs_settings.x.handset_name(x is handset number, from 1 to 6)Name the handset will display on its idle screenString (12 chars max)HANDSET

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Network

You can set up the phone for your network configuration on the Network settings pages. Your service provider may require you to configure your network to be compatible with its service, and the phone settings must match the network settings.

The network settings are grouped into Basic and Advanced. Depending on your model you will get different configuration options.

After entering information on these pages, please click Save to save it.

All these settings are available through configuration files. See "network" Module: Network Settings on page 212.

Basic Network Settings (IPv4)

Applicable to Temporis IP100, IP150, IP300, IP700G, Alcatel IP2015 and Conference IP1850

NETWORK Basic Advanced STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING Basic Network Settings * DHCP @ Static IP IP Address: Subnet Mask: Gateway: Primary DNS: Secondary DNS:

Note: If you disable DHCP on this page, you must configure static IP settings for the phone. You must be familiar with TCP/IP principles and protocols to configure static IP settings.

Basic Network Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Enable DHCPnetwork.ip.dhcp_enableDHCP is selected (enabled) by default, which means the deskset will get its IP address from the network.When DHCP is disabled, you must enter a static IP address for the deskset.1: Enabled,0: Disabled1
IP Addressnetwork.ip.static_ip_addrIf DHCP is disabled, enter a static IP address for the deskset.IPv4blank

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Subnet Masknetwork.ip.subnet_maskEnter the subnet mask.IPv4blank
Gateway Addressnetwork.ip.gateway_addrEnter the static IP address of the default gateway (in this case, your router).IPv4blank
Primary DNS Servernetwork.ip.dns1If DHCP is disabled, enter IP addresses for the primary and secondary DNS servers.IPv4blank
Secondary DNS Servernetwork.ip.dns2

Basic Network Settings (IPv4/IPv6)

Applicable to Temporis IP151, IP251G, IP301G, IP701G and Alcatel IP2115. IPv4 and IPv6 protocols are supported.

When both IPv4 and IPv6 are enabled and available, the following guidelines apply when determining which stack to use:

- For outgoing traffic, the IP address (or resolved IP) in the server field—either IPv4 or IPv6—will determine which stack to be used.

- In general, most operations can be associated with one of the servers listed on the "Basic Network Settings" page. However, for operations triggered by/dependent upon network status, the phone must determine which server to use. For example, a special case like the "Network down" icon on the Desk set screen can be ambiguous for server association. Because its primary purpose is to aid in troubleshooting SIP registration issues, this case will be associated with the SIP registration server.

- DNS entries with both IPv4 and IPv6 settings can be used to resolve FQDN entries. There are no preferences with the order of the DNS queries.

- Pcap should include traffic for both stacks.

- Dual stack operations should be transparent to PC port traffic.

Note:

PnP is not supported on IPv6 VPN is not supported in IPv6 or PPPoE

ALCATEL

home & business phones

NETWORK Basic: Advanced STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING Basic Network Settings IPv4 Disable DHCP Static IP IP Address:______________ Subnet Mask:______________ Gateway:______________ PPPoE Username:______________ Password:______________ Manually Configure DNS Primars DNS:______________ Secondary DNS:_____________

Note:

You must be familiar with TCP/IP principles and protocols to configure static IP settings

IPv4

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Disable/DHCP/Static IP/PPPoE mode selectionYou can toggle between DHCP, Static IP, PPPoE or disabling IPv4.disable, dhcp, static, pppoedhcp
network.ip.modeDHCP is selected (enabled) by default, which means the desk set will get its IP address from the network. Note you need to populate additional parameters when either Static IP or PPPoE are selected.
IP AddressIf Static IP is enabled, enter a static IP address for the deskset.IPv4blank
network.ip.static_ip_addr
Subnet MaskEnter the subnet mask.IPv4blank
network.ip.subnet_mask
Gateway AddressEnter the static IP address of the default gateway (in this case, your router).IPv4blank
network.ip.gateway_addr

ALCATEL

home & business phones

PPPoE usernamenetwork.ip.pppoe.usernameEnter your PPPoE account username.stringblank
PPPoE passwordnetwork.ip.pppoe.access_passwordEnter your PPPoE account password.Stringblank
Manually configure DNSnetwork.ip.manually_configure_dnsSelect to enable manual DNS configuration0:disable1:enable0
Primary DNSnetwork.ip.dns1If DHCP is disabled, or manual DNS configuration is enabled, enter IP addresses for the primary and secondary DNS servers.IPv4blank
Secondary DNSnetwork.ip.dns2

IPv6 ● Disable ○ Auto Configuration ○ Static IP IP Address: Prefix (0-128): 64 Gateway: □ Manually Configure DNS Primary DNS: Secondary DNS:

IPv6

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Disable/ Autoconfiguration/ Static IP/You can toggle between Autoconfiguration, Static IP, or disabling IPv6.disable, auto, staticdisable
If Autoconfiguration is selected (enabled), the phonet will get its IP address, GW and DNS from the network.
network.ip6.mode

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Note you need to populate additional parameters when Static IP is selected.
IP Addressnetwork.ip6.static_ip_addrIf Static IP is enabled, enter a static IP address for the deskset.Note you will have to enter prefix, GW and DNS as wellIPv6blank
Prefix (0-128)network.ip6.prefixEnter the IPv6 address prefix length (0 to 128 bits).0-12864
Gateway Addressnetwork.ip6.gateway_addrEnter the address of the default gateway (in this case, your router).IPv6blank
Manually configure DNSnetwork.ip6.manually_configure_dnsSelect to enable manual DNS configuration0:disable1:enable0
Primary DNSnetwork.ip6.dns1If Autoconfiguration is disabled, or manual DNS configuration is enabled, enter IP addresses for the primary and secondary DNS servers.IPv6blank
Secondary DNSnetwork.ip6.dns2

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Advanced Network Settings

NETWORK Basic Advanced STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING PC Port Enable PC Port Enable PC Port Mirroring VLAN Enable LAN Port VLAN VID: 0 Priority: 0 Enable PC Port VLAN VID: 0 Priority: 0 LLDP-MED Enable LLDP-MED Packet Interval (secs): 30 802.1x Enable 802.1x Identity: MOS Password: VPN VPN Enable VPN Config (file upload): No file chosen Cancel File Update from File Save

PC Port

You can set the availability of the desk set PC port for network connectivity. When the port is enabled for connectivity, you can set the port to port mirroring, thereby allowing you to use the port to monitor inbound and outbound network traffic and facilitate troubleshooting.

This set of features is applicable to Temporis IP151, IP251G, IP301G, and IP701G

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Enable PC portnetwork.pc_port.enableEnable or disable the PC port to operate in hub/switch mode (depending on the Enable PC Port Mirroring setting).0:disable1:enable1
Enable PC port mirroringnetwork.pc_port.mirroring.enableWhen the PC port is enabled, select Enable PC Port Mirroring to set the port to operate in hub mode (network traffic on the WAN port is reflected in the PC port). When Port Mirroring is not selected, the port operates in switch mode.0:disable1:enable0

VLAN Settings

You can organize your network and optimize VoIP performance by creating a virtual LAN for phones and related devices.

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Enable WAN VLANnetwork.vlan.wan.enableEnable if the phone is part of a VLAN on your network. Select to enable.0: Disabled1: Enabled0
VLAN IDnetwork.vlan.wan.idEnter the VLAN ID (vlan 5, for example).0-40950
Prioritynetwork.vlan.wan.prioritySelect the VLAN priority that matches the Quality of Service (QoS) settings that you have set for that VLAN ID. Outbound packets will be marked and sent according to their priority.7 is the highest priority. Note: Configuring the Quality of Service (QoS) settings for your router or switch is a subject outside the scope of this document.0-70
Enable PC Port VLANnetwork.vlan.pc.enableEnable if the PC connected to your phone's PC port is part of a VLAN on your network. Select to enable. Not applicable to IP100, IP2015/IP2115 or IP18500:Disabled1: Enabled0
VLAN ID0-40950

ALCATEL

home & business phones

network.vlan.pc.idEnter the PC Port VLAN ID (vlan 5, for example).Not applicable to IP100,IP2015/IP2115 or IP1850
PrioritySelect the VLAN priority that matches the Quality of Service (QoS) settings that you have set for that VLAN ID. Outbound packets will be marked and sent according to their priority. 7 is the highest priority. Not applicable to IP100, IP2015/IP2115 or IP1850Note: Configuring the QoS settings for your router or switch is a subject outside the scope of this document.0-70
network.vlan.pc.priority

LLDP-MED

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Enable LLDP-MEDnetwork.1ldp_med.enableEnables or disables LLDP-MED on the phone. Select (enable) if your switch is LLDP-MED capable.Link Layer Discovery Protocol for Media Endpoint Devices (LLDP-MED) is a standards-based discovery protocol supported on some network switches.It is required for auto-configuration with VLAN settings.0:Disabled1: Enabled1
Packet Interval (secs)network.1ldp_med.intervalEnter here the interval in seconds between LLDP packets.1–3030

802.1x

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Enable 802.1xnetwork.eapol.enableEnables the 802.1X authentication protocol. This provides the phone with secure access to the network when an 802.1X compliant authentication server is used.Consult your service provider.0:Disabled1: Enabled0
Identitynetwork.eapol.identityEnter the 802.1x EAPOL identity.stringblank

ALCATEL

home & business phones

MD5 Passwordnetwork.eapol.passwordMD5 password.stringblank

VPN

This feature is applicable to models Temporis IP151, IP251G, IP301G, IP701G, Alcatel IP2115.

You can operate your phone over a Virtual Private Network (VPN). VPN enables remote users and remote sites to connect to a main corporate network and SIP server with a high level of performance and security.

Configuring VPN using the WebUI consists of enabling VPN and uploading a VPN configuration file. The VPN configuration file (openvpn_client.tar) must contain the following files:

  • client.conf
  • a keys folder containing
  • ca.crt
  • client.crt
  • client.key

The filename of the VPN client configuration file and certificates must match the names provided above. For more information about configuring VPN, visit our extranet or contact your Technical Support team.

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
VPN EnableEnables or disables the phone to connect using the OpenVPN client.If VPN is enabled, but not connected, all SIP traffic will continue to route via the LAN IP.If VPN is enabled and connected, all SIP traffic will route via the VPN tunnel. The exception is the web server, which will still be accessible via the LAN IP.0:Disabled1: Enabled0
network.vpn.enable
VPN Config (file upload)Browse to and upload the VPN configuration fileblank
file.vpn.advanced_configopenvpn_client.tar.

Contacts

Local Directory

On the Local Directory page, you can manage your local directory entries. You can sort, edit, dial, delete, and add contact information. In some models, this page will be shown as "Shared Directory", since contacts will be made available to registered handsets too.

CONTACTS Local Directory Blacklist LDAP Broadsoft Call History STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING Local Directory Select All □ Start by Last Name Total: 21 First Name Last Name Ringed Term Home Work Mobile Line □ Angela Martin 0 7325550118 □ Bronwyn McDonald 0 2325550140 □ Charlie Johnson 0 5550196 □ Dale Appleton 0 6045550135 □ David Carter 3 2325550194 2325550177 □ Davis Swerdlow 0 2325550172 □ Ekhart Taxi 0 6045550155 □ Graham Bail 0 2325550176 □ Kathryn Dolphy 0 6045550195 □ Linda Miller 0 6045550117 □ Lydia Braithwaite 0 2325550157 □ Martin Meyers 0 2325550122 □ Mary Williams 0 6045550145 6045550146 □ Richard Serling 0 6045550143 7375550181 □ Robert Brown 2 6045550100 □ Sandro Voss 0 2325550149 □ Stefan Wheeler 0 2325550161 □ Susan Ballance 0 6045550170 □ Terry Ng 0 2325550187 □ Ursula Baldwin 0 6045550166 First 1 List Next Device Selected Server Add Data Entry Clear Directory Import Local Directory No File Chosen Channel File Import Export Local Directory Export

Maximum number of entries is model-dependent: up to 1000 for IP151, IP251G, IP301G, IP701G and IP2115, up to 200 entries for the rest of models, except6 for IP100 and IP150 which support up to 100.

In order to back up your contacts or import another local directory file, the page also allows you to export and import your phone's local directory.

The Local Directory lists entries on multiple pages, with 20 entries per page. Click Next, First, Last, or a page number to view the desired page of entries.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

You can click on an entry to dial out this number. This feature can be enabled/disabled using configuration files, and is enabled by default. See next subchapter, or go to "provisioning" Module: Provisioning Settings on page 214.

NOTE: You can also use the phone menu to manage local directory entries. For more information, see Quick User Guides.

The following table describes the buttons available on the Local Directory page.

ClickTo...
Sort by Last NameSort the list by last name.
EditEdit information for an entry
LastView the last page of entries.
NextView the next page of entries.
FirstView the first page of entries.
Delete Selected EntriesDelete selected entries from the directory. Click Select All to select every entry on the page you are viewing.
Add New EntryAdd a new directory entry.
Clear DirectoryDelete all Directory entries.
Choose fileImport a directory file.
ExportExport the directory.

To add a new directory entry:

  1. Click Add New Entry.

The Add New Local Directory Entry page appears.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

CONTACTS Local directory Blacklist LDAP Broadsoft Call History STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING Add New Local Directory Entry First Name: Last Name: Ringer Tone: Auto Dial Line: Line 1 Home Number: Work Number: Mobile Number: New

  1. Enter the required information as indicated in the following table. At minimum, a first and last name are required.

Create New Entry

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Call Block (not on WUI)Blocks incoming calls with caller ID matching the directory entry.Enable, DisableDisable
First NameEnter the appropriate names in these fields. The maximum length of the first name and last name fields is 15 characters.n/ablank
Last Name
Ringer ToneSets a unique ringer tone for calls from this directory entry.Auto, Tone 1–10Tone 1
Dial LineSets the line used when you dial this directory entry.Default Account, Account 1–3Line 1
Home NumberEnter the appropriate names and numbers in these fields.stringblank
Work Number
Mobile Number

Directory Import/Export

The best way to create a directory file for import is to first export the directory from the phone. The directory can be exported as an .xml or .csv file (model dependent). After exporting the file, open it in an .xml or csv editor and add or modify entries.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

NOTE: When importing a .csv file, you can select whether the first line should be treated as a header and ignored for the import.

Importing a directory file adds the imported directory entries to existing entries. Therefore, it is possible to have duplicate entries after importing a directory file. If you are importing a "complete" directory file with the aim of replacing the entire current directory, use Select All and Delete Selected Entries to clear the directory before importing the file.

NOTE: Using the configuration file, you can set whether an imported directory file adds to or replaces existing entries. See next subchapter or "file" Module: Imported File Settings.

Directory files in .xml format have the following tags:

Local Directory WebUI fieldDirectory file XML tag
First Name
Last Name
Home Number
Work Number
Mobile Number
Line
Call Block (not on WebUI)
Ringer Tone

Directory Import using configuration files

You can also upload your local directory via configuration files. Related parameters are as follows:

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Contact Import url (append mode, not in WUI)Sets the url from which the phone will try to fetch the directory file during provisioning process. The URL must point to an xml file formatted as described above. Contacts in the xml file will be appended to existing entries.URIblank
file.contact.directory.append

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Contact Import url (overwrite mode, not in WUI)Sets the url from which the phone will try to fetch the directory file during provisioning process.The URL must point to an xml file formatted as described above. Contacts in the xml file will overwrite existing entries.URIblank
file.contact.directory.overwrite
Click-to-dial (Not in WUI)Enables or disables the capability to dial a contact entry by clicking on it in the WUI.0:Disabled1: Enabled1
provisioning.click_to_dial

Black List

On the Black List page, you can manage those contacts whose incoming calls you would like to block.

CONTACTS Local Directory Blacklist LDAP Breadsoft Call History STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING Blacklist Select All Sort By Last Name Total: 1 First Name Last Name Home Work Mobile Account James White 56.00 1 PAD First 1 Last Close Detected Blacklist Add New Entry Clear Blacklist Import Blacklist No file chosen Close File Import Export Blacklist Export

You can sort, edit, dial, delete, and add blacklist entries. Maximum number is the same as for Contacts. In order to back up your blocked contacts or import others, the page also allows you to export and import your phone's black list.

The blacklist lists entries on multiple pages, with 20 entries per page. The interface and modus operandi are similar to Local Directory, so we will only repeat relevant aspects here.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Black List Import/Export

The best way to create a black list file for import is to first export the directory from the phone as an .xml or .csv file (model dependent). After exporting the file, open it in an .xml or .csv editor and add or modify entries.

You can import your modified directory file by clicking on "Import" after browsing and selecting it.

NOTE: When importing a .csv file, you can select whether the first line should be treated as a header and ignored for the import

Directory files in .xml format have the following tags:

Black List WebUI fieldBlack List file XML tag
First Name
Last Name
Home Number
Work Number
Mobile Number
Line

NOTE: You can also use the phone menu to manage your Black List. For more information, see Quick User Guides.

Black List Import using configuration files

You can also upload your local black list via configuration files during provisioning. Related parameters are as follows:

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Black List Import url (append mode, not in WUI)Sets the url from which the phone will try to fetch the black list file during provisioning process.The URL must point to an xml file formatted as described above.URIblank

ALCATEL

home & business phones

file.contact.blacklist.appendContacts in the xml file will be appended to existing entries.
Contact Import url (overwrite mode, not in WUI)Sets the url from which the phone will try to fetch the black list file during provisioning process.The URL must point to an xml file formatted as described above.URIblank
file.contact.blacklist.overwriteContacts in the xml file will overwrite existing entries.

Note: you can also check "file" Module: Imported File Settings on page 230.

LDAP Directory

The phones support remote Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) directories. An LDAP directory is hosted on a remote server and may be the central directory for a large organization spread across several cities, offices, and departments. You can configure the phone to access the directory and allow users to search the directory for names and telephone numbers.

On the LDAP page, you can configure your phone to use a remote LDAP directory server.

CONTACTS Local Directory Blacklist LDAP Broadcast Call History STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING LDAP Settings Enable LDAP Directory name: Server address: Server port: 399 Version: 0 Authentication scheme: Simple Authentication name: Authentication password: Base: Maximum number of entries: 100 Maximum search delay: 0 First name filter: Fstrname Last name filter: Lstrname Phone number filter: First name attribute: Last name attribute: Work phone number attribute: Mobile phone number attribute: Home phone number attribute: Lookup for in-call: Disable Lookup for out-call: Disable Test

ALCATEL

home & business phones

The LDAP settings are also available as parameters in the configuration file. See "remoteDir" Module: Remote Directory Settings on page 218.

LDAP Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Enable LDAPremoteDir.ldap_enableSelect to enable or disable LDAP remote directory0: Disabled1: Enabled0
Directory NameremoteDir.ldap_directory_nameEnter the name to be displayed to the user when accessing LDAP directory through phone menu or programmable key.stringblank
Server addressremoteDir.ldap_server_addressEnter LDAP server IP address or fqdn.stringblank
Server PortremoteDir.ldap_server_portEnter remote LDAP server port.0-65535389
LDAP versionremoteDir.ldap_protocol_versionSelect protocol version (v2 or v3) your LDAP server uses.version_2, version_3version_3
Authentication schemeremoteDir.ldap_authentication_typeSelect scheme your LDAP server uses to authenticate users.simple, sslsimple
Authentication nameremoteDir.ldap_user_nameEnter name used to authenticate your phone as a user in front of the LDAP server.stringblank
Authentication passwordremoteDir.ldap_passwordEnter password to authenticate your phone as a user in front of the LDAP server.stringblank

ALCATEL

home & business phones

BaseEnter base directory (distinguished name of the search base object) for LDAP searches.This sets where the search begins in the directory tree structure. Enter one of more attribute definitions or LDAP field names, separated by commas (no spaces). Your directory may include attributes like "cn" (common name) or "ou" (organizational unit) or "dc" (domain component).For example: ou=sales,dc=alcatel-business,dc=comstringblank
remoteDir.ldap_base
Maximum number of entriesEnter maximum number of search results to be displayed. Limiting the number of hits can conserve network bandwidth.0-32000200
remoteDir.ldap_max_hits
Maximum search delay (seconds)Enter timeout before displaying search results.0-5000
remoteDir.ldap_search_delay
First name filterEnter the first name attributes for LDAP searching. The format of the search filter is compliant to the standard string representations of LDAP search filters (RFC 2254).stringblank
remoteDir.ldap_firstname_filter
Last name filterEnter the last name attributes for LDAP searching. The format of the search filter is compliant to the standard string representations of LDAP search filters (RFC 2254).stringblank
remoteDir.ldap_lastname_filter
Phone number filterEnter the number attributes for LDAP searching. The format of the search filter is compliant to the standard string representations of LDAP search filters (RFC 2254).stringblank
remoteDir.ldap_number_filter
First name attributeSets the attribute for first name. What you enter here should match the first name attribute for entries on the LDAP server (gn for givenName, for example). This helps ensure that the phone displays LDAP entries in the same format as the Local Directory..stringblank
remoteDir.ldap_firstname_attribute
Last name attributeSets the attribute for last name. What you enter here should matchstringblank

ALCATEL

home & business phones

remoteDir.ldap_lastname_attributethe last name attribute for entries on the LDAP server (sn for surname, for example). This helps ensure that the phone displays LDAP entries in the same format as the Local Directory.
Work phone number attributeSets the attribute for the work number. What you enter here should match the work number attribute for entries on the LDAP server (telephoneNumber, for example). This helps ensure that the phone displays LDAP entries in the same format as the Local Directory.stringblank
remoteDir.ldap_work_number_attributes
Mobile phone number attributeSets the attribute for the mobile number. What you enter here should match the mobile number attribute for entries on the LDAP server (mobile, for example). This helps ensure that the phone displays LDAP entries in the same format as the Local Directory.stringblank
remoteDir.ldap_mobile_number_attributes
Other phone number attributeSets the attribute for the other number. What you enter here should match the other number attribute for entries on the LDAP server (otherPhone, for example). This helps ensure that the phone displays LDAP entries in the same format as the Local Directory.stringblank
remoteDir.ldap_other_number_attributes
Lookup for in-callEnables or disables LDAP incoming call lookup. If enabled, the phone searches the LDAP directory for the incoming call number. If the number is found, the phone uses the LDAP entry for CallerID info.0: disabled1: enabled0
remoteDir.ldap_incall_lookup_enable
Lookup for out-callSelect to enable or disable queries to the LDAP remote directory while dialing in order to dynamically suggest users matching dialled digits.0: disabled1: enabled0
remoteDir.ldap_outcall_lookup_enable

About LDAP Attribute filters

The LDAP filters on this page give you control over how directory entry search results are determined. For example, consider if gn is the firstname attribute and sn is the lastname attribute in the LDAP search base. The filter =% returns records based on the

ALCATEL

home & business phones

beginning of the user-entered string. If gn=% is used for a firstname filter, entering "da" returns records such as Daisy, Dale, David, etc.

The filter =* returns records containing the user-entered string anywhere in that attribute. If gn=* is used for a firstname filter, entering "ar" returns records such as Karen, Arnold, Gary, etc.

The filter (|(gn=%)(sn=%)) returns firstname and lastname records that start with the user-entered string.

LDAP number filters give you the same control over number searches and matches. If for example, you have defined the number attributes telephoneNumber, mobile and otherPhone for Work, Mobile and Other numbers respectively, then the filter (|(telephoneNumber=*)(mobile=*)(otherPhone=*)) will display the correct directory information if the number (from an incoming call, or a dialed number) matches a number in any three of those fields.

The filter telephoneNumber=* will display the correct directory information if the incoming call number matches a number in the "Work" field only.

Broadsoft Directory

The phone supports access to the Broadsoft Phonebook. Users can search for and call contacts that are hosted on the Broadsoft Phonebook. On the Broadsoft Phonebook Settings page, you must enter the path and credentials to enable the phone to access the Broadsoft Phonebook. Check with your service provider for more details.

CONTACTS Local Directory Blacklist LDAP Broadsoft Call History STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING Broadsoft Phonebook Enable Broadsoft Phonebook Display name:____________ Server address:____________ Port:0____________ Authentication name:____________ Authentication password:____________ OK

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Enable Broadsoft PhonebookSelect to enable or disable Broadsoft remote directory0: Disabled1: Enabled0
remoteDir.broadsoft_enable

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Broadsoft display nameEnter the name to be displayed to the user when accessing Broadsoft directory through phone menu or programmable key.stringBlank
remoteDir.broadsoft_display_name
Server addressEnter Broadsoft directory server IP address or fqdn.stringBlank
remoteDir.broadsoft_server
Server portEnter Broadsoft directory server port0-655350
remoteDir.broadsoft_port
Broadsoft authentication nameEnter user name for authentication in front of Broadsoft directory server.stringBlank
remoteDir.broadsoft_user_name
Broadsoft authentication passwordEnter password for authentication in front of Broadsoft directory server.stringblank
remoteDir.broadsoft_password

Remote XML Phonebook

This feature is applicable to models Temporis IP151, IP251G, IP301G, IP701G and Alcatel 2115. In those models it will be offered as one more option on the left side bar for Contacts WUI pages.

Up to three server-hosted Remote XML directories can be configured, with a total of 5000 entries supported. The 5000 entries can be shared across the three remote XML directories.

CONTACTS Local Directory Blacklist LDAP Broadsoft Remote XML Call History STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING Remote XML Directories ID Name Remote XML URI Enable Incoming/Outgoing Call Lookup 1 DCS http://102.168.1.64:500 □ 2 3 Date

When the user selects a remote directory to view on his phone, the phone will sync with the directory server.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Sync failed will be displayed if any of the following failure conditions is encountered:

• Server not reachable
- Remote XML directory file is not available
- Invalid XML directory file

Remote XML Directory Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
NameSets the name of the directory as it will appear on the VSP736 Directory list.The following order applies to the Directory list when multiple server-based directories are enabled:1. Local2. Blacklist3. LDAP4. Broadsoft5. Remote XML directory 16. Remote XML directory 27. Remote XML directory 3Any Remote XML directories will move up the list if LDAP and/or Broadsoft directories are not enabled.stringBlank
remoteDir.xml.x.namex=1,2 or 3
Remote XML URIEnter the location of the XML directory file, from which the phone will sync and retrieve directory entries.URIBlank
remoteDir.xml.x.urix=1,2 or 3
Enable Incoming/Outgoing Call LookupEnables/disables the call lookup feature for incoming and outgoing calls.0:disabled1: enabled0
remoteDir.xml.x.call_lookup_enablex=1,2 or 3

Remote XML Directory Format

The following shows a sample single-entry file which can be used in a remote XML directory.

Note that the tags are configurable to match different syntax requirements; default tags are the same as those defined for the Local Directory.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<DIR_ENTRY>
<DIR_ENTRY_NAME_FIRST>John</DIR_ENTRY_NAME_FIRST>
<DIR_ENTRY_NAME_LAST>Smith</DIR_ENTRY_NAME_LAST>
<DIR_ENTRY_NUMBER_OTHER>3333</DIR_ENTRY_NUMBER_OTHER>
<DIR_ENTRY_NUMBER_WORK>1111</DIR_ENTRY_NUMBER_WORK>
<DIR_ENTRY_NUMBER_MOBILE>2222</DIR_ENTRY_NUMBER_MOBILE>
</DIR_ENTRY> 

Should your pbx or service provider require different tag naming for their supported XML Phonebook, use the table below to see how to configure them.

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Entry tagremoteDir.xml.x.contact_entry_tagx=1,2 or 3Sets the name of the tag used to describe each directory entrystringDIR_ENTRY
First Name tagremoteDir.xml.x.first_name_tagx=1,2 or 3Sets the name of the tag used to describe the first name within an entrystringDIR_ENTRY_NAME_FIRST
Last Name tagremoteDir.xml.x.last_name_tagx=1,2 or 3Sets the name of the tag used to describe the last name within an entrystringDIR_ENTRY_NAME_LAST
Work Number tagremoteDir.xml.x.work_number_tagx=1,2 or 3Sets the name of the tag used to describe Work number within an entrystringDIR_ENTRY_NUMBER_WORK
Mobile Number tagremoteDir.xml.x.mobile_number_tagx=1,2 or 3Sets the name of the tag used to describe Mobile phone number within an entrystringDIR_ENTRY_NUMBER_MOBILE
Other Number tagremoteDir.xml.x.other_number_tagx=1,2 or 3Sets the name of the tag used to describe Other number within an entrystringDIR_ENTRY_NUMBER_OTHER

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Call History

On Call History page you can review your call log details. Missed, received and dialled calls are shown in separate tables.

You can also click-to-call entries in these lists. You can disable click-to-dial using configuration file parameter provisioning.click_to_dial. See "provisioning" Module: Provisioning Settings on page 214.

CONTACTS Local Directory Blacklist LDAP Broadsoft Call History Call History Missed calls Date Time Name Number Account 2014-07-07 13:22:20 2222 1 Received calls Date Time Name Number Account 2014-07-07 13:22:42 505 $05 1 2014-07-07 13:22:31 522 $22 1 Dialed calls Date Time Name Number Account 2014-07-07 13:23:29 505 1 2014-07-07 13:22:13 522 1 2014-07-07 13:21:58 $13 1

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Servicing

Reboot

Reboot page allows you to perform a remote restart of your phone by clicking on the "Reboot" button.

SERVICING Reboot Time and Date Custom Language Custom Logo Firmware Upgrade Auto Upgrade Manual Upgrade Provisioning Security Certificates Device Trusted Certificates Tr069 System Logs STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING Reboot Reboot Device: Finance

On all products (except IP2x15) restart can also be triggered via phone menu (Menu>>4.Admin settings>>5.Restart phone).

On Temporis IP150, IP151, IP300, IP301G, IP700G and IP701G you may also use the shortcut "Long press ↩ key"

Time and Date

On the Time and Date menu, you can manually set the time and date, and the time and date formats. You can also set the system time to follow a Network Time Protocol (NTP) Server (recommended) or you can set the time and date manually.

After changing any settings on this page, click Save to save them.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

SERVICING Reboot Time and Date Firmware Upgrade Auto Upgrade Manual Upgrade Provisioning Security Certificates System Logs STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING Time and Date Format Date Format: 10/08/07 Time Format: 24 Hour NTP: Enable Network Time NTP Server: Byzepool.http.org Use DHCP (Option 42) Time Zone and DST Time Zones: 1 Frame(Note) Automatically adjust clock for Daylight Savings User-defined DST DST Start: March Week 2 Sunday 8:00 DST End: November Week 1 Sunday 8:00 DST Offset (minutes) 80 Use OmCP (Option 2/100/101) Manual Time Settings Date: 2014 December 8 Time: 17:00 19 12 Auto Now

Time and Date Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Date FormatSets the date format.DD/MM/YY, MM/DD/YY, YY/MM/DDDD/MM/YY
time_date.date_format
Time FormatSets the clock format.1: 24 Hour1
time_date.24hr_clock0: 12 Hour

Network Time Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Enable Network Time time_date.ntp_serverEnables or disables getting time and date information for your phone from the Internet.1: Enabled0: Disabled1
NTP Server time_date.ntp_server_addrIf Enable Network Time is selected, enter the URL of your preferred time server.IPv4 or fqdneurope.pool.ntp.org

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Use DHCP (Option 42)With Enable Network Time is selected, tick this option to use DHCP to locate the time server. Option 42 specifies the NTP server available to the phone. When enabled, the phone obtains the time in the following priority: 1. Option 42 2. NTP Server 3. Manual time.1: Enabled0: Disabled0
time_date.ntp_dhcp_option

Time Zone and Daylight Savings Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Time Zonetime_date.selected_timezoneSelect your time zone.See AppendixEurope/Paris
Automatically adjust clock for Daylight Savingstime_date.daylight_saving_auto_adjustSelect to adjust the clock for daylight savings time according to the NTP server and time zone setting. To disable daylight savings adjustment, leave this setting and User-defined Daylight Savings Time unchecked.1: Enabled0: Disabled1
User-defined Daylight Savings Timetime_date.daylight_saving_user_definedSelect to set your own start and end dates and offset for Daylight Savings time.To disable daylight savings adjustment, leave this setting and Automatically adjust clock for Daylight Savings unchecked.1: Enabled0: Disabled0
Daylight Savings Starttime_date.daylight_saving_start_monthtime_date.daylight_saving_start_weektime_date.daylight_saving_start_daytime_date.daylight_saving_start_hourSet the start date and time for user-defined daylight savings: Month, week, day, and hour.
Daylight Savings Endtime_date.daylight_saving_end_monthtime_date.daylight_saving_end_weektime_date.daylight_saving_end_daytime_date.daylight_saving_end_hourSet the end date and time for user-defined daylight savings: Month, week, day, and hour.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Daylight Savings Offset (minutes)Sets the daylight savings offset (in minutes) if you are in a region that observes daylight savings time. Selecting a setting other than Off immediately sets the clock ahead by the selected time.0, 30, 6060
time_date.daylight_saving_amount
Use DHCP (Option 2/100/101)If Enable Network Time is selected, tick to use DHCP to determine the time zone offset. Options 2, 100 and 101 determine time zone information.1: Enabled0: Disabled0
time_date.timezone_dhcp_option
NTP server update interval (secs)(Not in WUI)Enter interval in seconds to refresh time information with NTP server0-42949672951000
time_date.ntp_server_update_interval

Manual Time Settings

SettingDescription
DateSelect the current year, month, and day.
TimeSets the current hour, minute, and second.

Click Apply Now to start the phone using the manual time settings.

Custom Language

This feature is applicable to models Temporis IP151, IP251G, IP301G and IP701G. In those models it will be offered as one more option on the left side bar for Servicing WUI pages.

On the Export Translation page, you can export WebUI and/or phone language strings. After exporting language strings, you can use the resulting file as the basis for a custom language translation file (.tpk file).

SERVICING Roboot Time and Date Custom Language Custom Logo Firmware Upgrade Auto Upgrade Manual Upgrade Provisioning Security Certificates STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING Export Translation Export WebUI Translation to File: English + Export Phone Translation to File: Espacial + Level Export

ALCATEL

home & business phones

You can import one custom language for use on the device user interface and the WebUI. The custom language adds to the existing languages available with the firmware. Separate translation files are required for the device user interface and the WebUI.

Importing a custom language can only be done using the configuration file. See "file Module: Imported File Parameters". For details on creating and formatting a translation file, see the Custom Language document at our extranet

The available languages for export are identical to the WebUI and Phone Language lists described in "User Preferences".

The filenames of the exported language files will be:

  • WebUI: --webui.tpk
  • Device MMI: --phoneui.tpk

This feature is applicable to models Temporis IP151, IP251G, IP301G and IP701G. In those models it will be offered as one more option on the left side bar for Servicing WUI pages.

You can use the WUI to upload a custom logo to be displayed on your phone's idle screen and during bootup. For more information about formatting a custom logo file, see "Adding a Custom Logo"

On this page, you can also reset the bootup and idle logos to factory defaults. The default logo for bootup and idle mode is the Alcatel logo.

SERVICING Reboot Time and Date Custom Language Custom Logo Firmware Upgrade Auto Upgrade Manual Upgrade Provisioning Security Certificates Device Trusted Certificates Tr069 System Logs STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING Custom Logo Bootup Logo: No Re chosen Change File Import Reset to Default Idle Screen Logo: No Re chosen Change File Import Reset to Default

NOTE: All desktop and Conference phones support Custom logo via provisioning file as previously described in "Adding a Custom Logo"

ALCATEL

home & business phones

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Bootup logoImport a custom logo shown during bootup. For logo specifications, see “Adding a Custom Logo”URIblank
file.bootup_logo
Idle screen logoImport a custom logo shown on the idle screen or screensaver. For logo specifications, see “Adding a Custom Logo”URIblank
file.idle_logo

Firmware Upgrade

You can update the phone with new firmwares using the following methods:

Retrieving a firmware update file from a remote host computer and accessed via a URL. This central location may be arranged by you, an authorized distributor, or your SIP service provider. See Firmware Server Settings.

Using a file located on your computer or local network. No connection to the Internet is required. Consult your distributor for access to firmware update files. See Manual Firmware Update Settings.

For those models with an embedded DECT base, this is applicable to the desktop phone or base firmware and also to the cordless handsets IP15 firmware if you have any. Handset firmware will be stored in the desk set or base unit memory first, and then uploaded to the handset when requested. Note only one handset can be upgraded at a time.

SERVICING Reboot Time and Date Firmware Upgrade Auto Upgrade Manual Upgrade Provisioning Security Certificates Systemi Logs STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING Firmware Server Settings Firmware URL: Update Installed Firmware Now Handset Firmware URL: Installed Handset Firmware Not Available Install Handset Firmware Now Server authentication name: Server authentication password: Free:

Firmware Server Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Firmware URLprovisioning.firmware_urlThe URL where the desk set or base firmware update file resides. This should be a full path, including the filename of the firmware file.stringblank
Server authentication nameprovisioning.fw_server_usernameAuthentication username for the firmware serverstringblank
Server authentication passwordprovisioning.fw_server_passwordAuthentication password for the firmware serverstringblank
Handset Firmware URLprovisioning.handset_firmware_urlThe URL where the cordless handset firmware update file resides. This should be a full path, including the filename of the firmware file.stringblank

To update the deskset or base unit firmware from a remote host:

  1. Enter the URL where the firmware update file resides. This should be a full path, including the filename of the firmware file.
  2. Click Upgrade firmware now.

Note: This URL will be saved when you click Save on the Admin Settings page, and will be used next time. You can also configure the phone to check for firmware updates at regular intervals or at reboot. See the Provisioning page.

To update the cordless handset(s) firmware from a remote host:

  1. Enter the URL where the IP15 handset firmware update file resides. This should be a full path, including the filename of the firmware file.
  2. Click Install Handset firmware now.

Note: This URL will be saved when you click Save on the Admin Settings page. You can also configure the phone to check for firmware updates at regular intervals or at reboot. See the Provisioning page.

  1. Launch the handset upgrade from the handset Admin Settings menu. Menu>Admin Settings>Firmware update.

Note: Default password is the same as for the WUI. Use "*" handset key to toggle text entry mode.

The handset will first check whether there are updates available and will ask for your confirmation to proceed. Once confirmed, upgrade will take place over the air (SUOTA)

  1. If you have more handsets to upgrade (IP2015), wait for the process to be completed and then repeat step 3 from the next handset, and so on.

Manual Firmware Update and Upload

On the Manual Firmware Update Settings page, you can prompt the phone to immediately download a new firmware file stored in your computer or local network.

For those models with an embedded DECT base, this is applicable to the desk set or base unit firmware and also to the cordless handsets IP15 firmware if you have any. Handset

ALCATEL

home & business phones

firmware will be stored in the deskset or base memory first, and then uploaded to the handset when requested.

SERVICING Reboot Time and Date Firmware Upgrade Auto Upgrade Manual Upgrade Provisioning Security Certificates System Logs STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING Manual Firmware Update Settings Base File name: No file chosen Choose File Choose from File Handset File name: No file chosen Choose File Installed Handset Firmware Not Available Install Handset Firmware Install Handset File

To update the deskset or base firmware using a file on your computer or local network:

  1. On the Manual Firmware Update page, click Choose File to locate and open the firmware update file.
  2. Click Update from File.

The device will update its firmware and restart.

To update the cordless handset IP15 firmware using a file on your computer or local network:

  1. On the Manual Firmware Update page, click Choose File to locate and open the handset firmware update file.
  2. Click Install Handset File.

The phone will load the handset firmware file into its memory.

  1. Launch the handset upgrade from the handset Admin Settings menu. Menu>Admin Settings>Firmware update.

Note: Default password is the same as for the WUI. Use "*" handset key to toggle text entry mode.

The handset will first check whether there are updates available and ask for your confirmation to proceed. Once confirmed, upgrade will take place over the air (SUOTA).

  1. If you have more handsets to upgrade (IP2015), wait for the process to be completed and then repeat step 3 from the next handset, and so on.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Provisioning

Provisioning refers to the process of acquiring and applying new settings for the device using configuration files retrieved from a remote computer. After a phone or system is deployed, subsequent provisioning can update it with new settings; for example, if your service provider releases new features.

With automatic provisioning, you enable the device to get its settings automatically—the process occurs in the background as part of routine system operation. Automatic provisioning can apply to multiple phones simultaneously.

With manual provisioning, you update settings (configuration and/or firmware) yourself. Manual provisioning can only be performed on one device at a time.

On the Provisioning page, you can enter settings that will enable the device to receive automatic configuration and firmware updates. The Provisioning page also allows you to manually update configuration from a locally stored configuration file using an Import function. You can also export the device's configuration—either to back it up or to apply it to another device—to a file on your computer.

The provisioning process functions according to the Resynchronization settings and Provisioning Server Settings. The device checks for the provisioning URL from the following sources in the order listed below. If one of these sources is disabled, not available, or has not been configured, the phone proceeds to the next source until reaching the end of the list.

  1. DHCP Options—this setting is set on the WebUI and/or the configuration file. Before enabling the DHCP options on the Provisioning page, ensure that DHCP is enabled on the Network > Basic settings page. Otherwise, enabling DHCP for provisioning will not work.
  2. Preconfigured URL—this setting is set on the WebUI and/or the configuration file.

After changing any settings on this page, click Save to save them.

SERVICING Reboot Time and Date Custom Language Custom Logo Firmware Upgrade Auto Upgrade Manual Upgrade Provisioning Security Certificates Device Tr069 System Logs STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING Provisioning Server Server URL: https://art.alceli-boulin/ Server Authentication Name: Server Authentication Password: Plug-and-Play Settings Enable PhP Subscribe DHCP Settings Use DHCP Options DHCP Option Priority 1: 66 DHCP Option Priority 2: 159 DHCP Option Priority 3: 160 Vendor Class ID (DHCP 60): Accabel Tempomis IP701 User Class Info (DHCP 77): Accabel Tempomis IP701

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Provisioning Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Provisioning serverURL of the provisioning file(s). The format of the URL must be RFC 1738 compliant, as follows:://:@:/""@" may be empty.""" can be omitted if you do not need to specify the port number.URLftp, tftp, http, httpshttps://art.atlinks.com
Server authentication nameUser name for access to the provisioning servern/an/a
provisioning.server_username
Server authentication passwordPassword for access to the provisioning servern/an/a
provisioning.server_password

Plug-and-Play Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Enable PnP SubscribeEnables the phone to use SIP SUBSCRIBE message for provisioning URL discovery. It takes the highest precedence among all provisioning options. pnp-->dhcp options-->fixed url.1:Enabled 0:Disabled1
provisioning.pnp_enable
Response timeout for PnPTime in seconds the device will be sending PnP SUBSCRIBE and waiting for a response before giving up.1-6010
pnp_response_timeout

DHCP Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Use DHCP Optionsprovisioning.dhcp_option_enableEnables the phone to use DHCP options to locate and retrieve the configuration file, starting with the highest priority option.When selected, the phone automatically attempts to get a provisioning server address, and then the configuration file. If DHCP options do not locate a configuration file, then the server provisioning string is checked.Note: Ensure that DHCP is also enabled on the Network > Basic settings page.1:Enabled0:Disabled1
DHCP Option Priority 1provisioning.dhcp_option_priority_1If DHCP is enabled, sets the DHCP Option priority. Select the highest priority option.66, 159, 16066
DHCP Option Priority 2provisioning.dhcp_option_priority_2If DHCP is enabled, sets the DHCP Option priority. Select the second highest priority option.66, 159, 160159
DHCP Option Priority 3provisioning.dhcp_option_priority_3If DHCP is enabled, sets the DHCP Option priority. Select the third highest priority option.66, 159, 160160
Vendor Class Id (DHCP 60)network.vendor_class_idDHCP Option 60 is available to send vendor-specific information to the DHCP Server.This way the server can make decisions regarding DHCP options or network parameters to assign to the device.stringModel dependent, see below
User Class Info (DHCP 77)network.user_classDHCP Option 77 is available to send vendor-specific information to the DHCP Server.stringModel dependent, see below
Product nameDHCP Option 60/77 default value
Temporis IP100Alcatel Temporis IP100
Temporis IP150Alcatel Temporis IP150
Temporis IP151Alcatel Temporis IP151
Temporis IP251Alcatel Temporis IP251G
Temporis IP300Alcatel Temporis IP300
Temporis IP301GAlcatel Temporis IP301G

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Temporis IP700GAlcatel Temporis IP700G
Temporis IP701GAlcatel Temporis IP701G
Alcatel IP2015Alcatel IP2015
Alcatel IP2115Alcatel IP2115
Conference IP1850Alcatel IP1850

Resynchronization Mode: Both * Bootup Check: On * Schedule Check: ■ Disable ◎ Interval(minutes) 0 ◎ Days of the Week □ Monday □ Tuesday □ Wednesday □ Thursday □ Friday □ Saturday □ Sunday Start Hour: 0 * End Hour: 0 * □ Use encryption for configuration file Passphrase:

Resynchronization

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
ModeSets which files the phone checks for at regular intervals.It can check for configuration files, firmware update files (from the URL entered on the Admin Settings page), or both.Note: When checking for both config and firmware files, the firmware URL can be within the config file. This firmware URL takes take precedence over the url on the admin settings page. It will also update the URL on the admin settings page. This allows you to change the firmware URL automatically.config_only:Configurationfirmware_only: Firmwareconfig_and_firmware: Bothconfig_and_firmware
provisioning.resync_mode

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Bootup CheckSets the phone to check the provisioning URL for new configuration and/or firmware files upon boot up. The update is applied as part of the reboot process.1: On0: Off1
provisioning.bootup_check_enable
Schedule check modeDisabled/Interval/ days of the weekToggles among the 3 possible schedule checking modes.disable,interval,weekdaydisable
provisioning.schedule_mode
Interval (minutes)Sets an interval, in minutes, for periodically checking for updates.0-655350 means no periodic resync will happen0
provisioning.resync_time
Scheduled Weekdays for provisioningSets weekdays when checking should take placeList of comma delimited integers, 0 (Sun) to 6 (Sat)blank
provisioning.weekdays
Start hour on the scheduled day(s)Select the hour of the day on which the phone checks for updates.0-230
provisioning.weekdays_start_hr
End hour on the scheduled day(s)Select the hour of the day on which the phones stops checking for updates.0-230
provisioning.weekdays_end_hr
Use encryptionEnables an AES-encrypted configuration file to be decrypted before being applied to the phone.Select if the configuration file has been secured using AES encryption.See Securing Configuration Files with AES Encryption.0: Disabled1: Enabled0
provisioning.crypto_enable

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Passphraseprovisioning.crypto_passphraseIf the configuration file has been secured using AES encryption, enter the 16-bit key.See SecuringConfiguration Files with AES Encryption.StringBlank
Remote Check Sync(Not in WUI)provisioning.remote_check_sync_enableIf enabled, the phone will react to a NOTIFY(check-sync) in order to launch automatic provisioning.0: Disabled1: Enabled1

Import Configuration Import from file: No file Chosen Choose File Update from File Export Configuration Export to file: Export Reset Configuration Reset Configuration to Default settings: Reset Save

Import Configuration

You can configure the phone by importing a configuration file from your computer or your local network. For more information about configuration file types and configuration file formatting, see Provisioning Using Configuration Files on page 193.

To import a configuration file:

  1. Click Browse to locate and open the configuration file.
  2. Click Import.

The phone will update its configuration. If any of the updated settings require the phone to restart, the phone will restart immediately, without waiting for one minute of activity.

Manually importing a configuration file differs from the auto-provisioning process in that the phone does not check whether the file has been loaded before. The configuration file is processed whether or not it is different from the current version.

Export Configuration

ALCATEL

home & business phones

You can export all the settings you have configured on the WebUI and save them as a configuration file on your computer. You can then use this configuration file as a backup, or use it to update other phones.

To export the configuration file:

1. Click Export.

The format of the exported file is _.cfg. For example, Temporis_IP300_7465D1161234.cfg.

Exporting a configuration file generates two header lines in the configuration file. These header lines provide the model number and software version in the following format:

#Model Number = xxxxxxx 
#SW Version = xxxxxxx 

You can use the exported file as a general configuration file, and duplicate the settings across multiple units. However, ensure that you edit the file to remove any unit-specific SIP account settings before applying the file to other units.

Please note passwords are NOT exported, for security reasons. Namespaces will be shown on the exported file, but with an empty value. Make sure to populate them again if you wish to reuse to propagate the settings to other units.

Reset Configuration

To reset the phone to its default configuration:

Under Reset Configuration, click Reset.

Import Configuration Import from file: No file Chosen Choose File Update from File Export Configuration Export to file: Export Reset Configuration Reset Configuration to Default settings: Reset Save

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Security

On the Security page you can reset the admin password, reset the user password, enter web server settings, and configure other security features like phone lock of IP filtering. After changing any settings on this page, press Save to save them.

SERVICING Reboot Time and Date Custom Language Custom Logo Firmware Upgrade Auto Upgrade Manual Upgrade Provisioning Security Certificates Device Tr069 System Logs STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING Passwords Administrator Password Enter Old Password: ________ Enter New Password: ________ Re-enter New Password: ________ User Password Enter New Password: ________ Phone Lock Lock Type Unrestricted # Phone Unlock PIN **** Auto Lock Timeout(secs) 0 Restricted Account Default *

Passwords

Administrator Password

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Admin password: Enter old passwordAdmin password: Enter new passwordAdmin password: Re-enter new passwordprofile.admin.passwordEnter admin password.The password is case sensitive and can consist of both numbers and letters.Stringadmin

To change the admin password:

  1. Enter the old password (for a new phone, the default password is admin).
  2. Enter and re-enter a new password.
  3. Click Save.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

User Password

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
User password: Enter old passwordUser password: Enter new passwordUser password: Re-enter new passwordprofile.user.passwordEnter user password.The password is case sensitive and can consist of both numbers and letters.Stringuser

To change the User password:

  1. Enter the old password (for a new phone, the default password is user).
  2. Enter and re-enter a new password. The password is case sensitive and can consist of both numbers and letters.
  3. Click Save.

Phone lock

This feature is applicable to Temporis IP151, IP251G, IP301G and IP701G.

The Phone Lock feature restricts certain hard keys and features unless the user enters a PIN code. For more information about the phone lock feature, see "Security Menu"

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Lock TypeUnrestricted, Restricted Config, Restricted Call, Emergency Call Only.disabled, restricted_config, restricted_call, emergency_call_onlydisabled
phonelock.type
Phone Unlock PINEnter the PIN that the user enters to unlock the phone.4-15 digits1234
phonelock.pin
Auto Lock Timeout (secs)Enter a timeout period in seconds. When the phone becomes idle after being used in unlocked mode, the phone automatically locks after the timeout.0-36000
phonelock.autolock_timeout
Restricted Account0...60

ALCATEL

home & business phones

phone.lock.restricted_accountSelect the account to be used when Phone Lock is active.(0 stands for the default account)

Pin Masking Enable Hidden DTMF digits Enable Delay for Hidden DTMF digits Enable Password Dial Enable Delay for Password Dial Password Dial Prefix: Password Dial Length: 1 Web Server HTTP Server Port: 80 Enable Secure Browsing HTTPS Server Port: 443

PIN masking

This feature is applicable to Temporis IP151, IP251G, IP301G and IP701G.

The PIN masking feature allows users to hide PIN numbers during call operation. The different types of PIN masking are:

  • Hide DTMF digits—when Hide DTMF is enabled, PIN numbers entered during an Active Call are automatically masked.
  • Password Dial—when Password Dial is enabled, PIN numbers entered as part of the dial string are hidden. For example, when entering numbers in Pre-Dial or Dial mode, PIN numbers are automatically masked.
  • PIN numbers in a dial string are masked in Pre-Dial and Dial modes (including variants of these modes, such as Transfer Setup, Conference Setup, and Incoming Call Forward Setup).

NOTE: Masked PIN numbers are not saved in Redial entries. The masked numbers are stripped out of the dial string before being saved in the Call History

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Enable Hidden DTMF DigitsEnable to mask all DTMF digits entered during an Active Call.0:disable1:enable0
security.hide_dtmf_enableNote that unlike Password Dial, there is no prefix parameter and no length parameter, so any DTMF string of any length is masked.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Enable Delay for HiddenDTMF digitssecurity.hide_dtmf_delay_enableEnable to add a one-second delay before DTMF digits are masked. By default, the digits are masked immediately.0:disable1:enable0
Enable Password Dialsecurity.pwd_dial_enableEnable to hide PIN numbers entered as part of the dial string.0:disable1:enable0
Enable Delay for Password Dialsecurity.pwd_dial_delay_enableEnable to add a one-second delay before PIN numbers are masked. By default, the PIN number is masked immediately0:disable1:enable0
Password Dial Prefixsecurity.pwd_dial_prefixEnter the prefix that serves as an indicator that the next x digits are masked (x being equal to the Password Dial Length). Only the first matched Prefix initiates PIN masking. If additional instances of the Password Dial Prefix appear elsewhere within the dial string, they are ignored.stringblank
Password Dial Lengthsecurity.pwd_dial_lengthEnter the PIN number length. All digits within this length are masked. Any digits beyond this length are not masked. For example, if the Password Prefix is 99 and the Password Dial Length is 3, then 9912345 will be rendered as 99***451-321

Web Server

Web Server Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
HTTP Server portweb.http_portSets the port where the embedded HTTP server is accessible0-6553580
Enable Secure Browsingweb.https_enableSets the server to use the HTTPS protocol.1: Enabled0: Disabled0
HTTPS Server portweb.https_portPort used by the embedded HTTPS server.0-65535443

To configure Web Server Settings:

ALCATEL

home & business phones

  1. Enter the HTTP Server port number. The default setting is 80.
  2. Enable or Disable Secure Browsing. When enabled, the HTTPS protocol is used, and you must select the HTTPS server port in the next step.
  3. Enter the HTTPS server port number. The default setting is 443.

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - home &amp; business phones - 1

natural_image Blank gray image with no visible content, text, or symbols

Trusted Servers

□ Accept SIP account servers only

Trusted IP

□ Accept only allowed IP for incoming requests

Allowed IP 1: Allowed IP 2: Allowed IP 3: Allowed IP 4: Allowed IP 5: Allowed IP 6: Allowed IP 7: Allowed IP 8: Allowed IP 9: Allowed IP 10:

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - Trusted IP - 2

Trusted servers

This feature is applicable to Temporis IP151, IP251G, IP301G and IP701G.

The Trusted Servers setting provides a means of blocking unauthorized SIP traffic. When enabled, each account's Registration server, SIP server, Outbound Proxy server and Backup Outbound Proxy server will be used as sources for trusted SIP traffic. All unsolicited SIP traffic (for example, INVITE, NOTIFY, unsolicited MWI, OPTIONS) will be blocked unless it is from one of the trusted servers with the enabled accounts.

If additional trusted sources are required beyond what has been specified with the enabled accounts (for example, if IP dialing or other types of server traffic need to be secured), use the Trusted IP settings on the Security page.

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Accept SIP account servers onlytrusted_ip.only_accept_sip_account_serversEnable or disable using the account servers as sources for trusted SIP traffic.0:disable1:enable0

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Trusted IP

This feature is applicable to Temporis IP151, IP251G, IP301G and IP701G.

In addition to the Trusted Servers setting, incoming IP traffic can be filtered using an "Allowed IP" list of IP addresses. When this means is enabled, all unsolicited IP traffic will be blocked unless it is from one of the trusted IP addresses on the "Allowed IP" list.

You can enter the "Allowed IP" list in the 10 fields on the "Trusted IP" section. Entries on the "Allowed IP" list must be specified as IP addresses (IPv4 or IPv6). Three formats are supported for entries on the "Allowed IP" list:

  1. IP range specified using CIDR notation (defined in rfc4632). IPv4 or IPv6 address followed by a prefix; for example, 192.168.0.1/24.

  2. IP range specified with a pair of starting and ending IPv4 or IPv6 addresses, separated by '-' (for example, 192.168.0.1-192.168.5.6).

- No space before or after '-'

• Both starting IP & ending IP have to be with the same IP version

- Starting IP has to be smaller than the ending IP; otherwise, all traffic will be dropped.

  1. Single IP address in IPv4 or IPv6.

NOTE: To ensure WebUI access after configuring Trusted IP, you must include the IP of the Web Browser on the "Allowed IP" list

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Accept only allowed IP for incoming requestsEnable or disable using the "Allowed IP" list to filter all IP traffic.0:disable1:enable0
trusted_ip.only_accept_allowed_ip
Allowed IP 1-10Enter IP addresses or address ranges to be used as sources of authorized IP traffic.IPv4 or IPv6, IP range in IPv4 or IPv6blank
trusted_ip.x.allow_ipx=1...10

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Certificates

This section applies to models Temporis IP100, IP150, IP300, IP700G, Alcatel IP2015 and Conference IP1850.

TLS (Transport Layer Security) transport requires security certificates to establish a secure connection between phone and server.

Your phone embeds a web server certificate for this purpose. You can also upload one using WUI and/or configuration files.

SERVICING Reboot Time and Date Firmware Upgrade Auto Upgrade Manual Upgrade Provisioning Security Certificates System Logs STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING Server Certificate Web Server Certificate: No file Closen Choose File Import

To upload a web server certificate:

  1. Under Server Certificate, click Choose File.
  2. Locate the certificate file and click Open.
  3. On the Certificates page, click Import.

In the configuration file, the web certificate is specified by the file.https_user.certificate parameter.

You can also upload other certificates for different applications on the phone:

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Import Server Certificatefile.https_user.certificateEnter url to download Server Certificate fromURIblank
Import Provisioning Certificatefile.provisioning.trusted.certificateEnter url to download Provisioning Certificate fromURIblank
Only accept trusted Provisioning certificateprovisioning.check_trusted_certificateWhen enabled, only trusted servers can be used for https provisioning0: Disabled1: Enabled0
Import TLS transport Certificatefile.sips.trusted.certificate.xEnter url to download TLS Certificate fromURIblank
Only accept trusted TLS certificatesip_account.x.check_trusted_certificateWhen enabled, account x using TLS will only accepted trusted servers0: Disabled1: Enabled0

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Use first TLS Certificate for all accountsWhen enabled, different certificates for different accounts will not be required for TLS transport0: Disabled1: Enabled0
sip_account.use_first_trusted_certificate_for_all
Import LDAP CertificateEnter url to download LDAP certificate fromURIblank
file.ldap.trusted.certificate
Only accept trusted LDAP certificateWhen enabled, only trusted servers can be used for LDAP0: Disabled1: Enabled0
remoteDir.ldap_check_certificate
Import Broadsoft CertificateEnter url to download Broadsoft directory Certificate fromURIblank
file.broadsoft.trusted.certificate
Only accept trusted Broadsoft certificateWhen enabled, only trusted servers can be used for Broadsoft directory0: Disabled1: Enabled0
remoteDir.broadsoft_check_certificate

Enhanced Certificate Management

This section applies to models Temporis IP151, IP251G, IP301G, IP701G and Alcatel IP2115.

For these devices, you can add two types of certificates using the WebUI or the provisioning file:

  • Device—A single Device Certificate can be uploaded so that other parties can authenticate the phone in the following cases:
  • When the phone acts as a web server for the user to manage configurations.
  • When the phone acts as a client for applications where HTTP is supported.

- Trusted—Trusted Certificates are for server authentication with secured HTTP transaction in the following applications: SIP signaling, Provisioning, Firmware, LDAP directory service, and Broadsoft directory service. Up to 20 trusted certificates can be installed.

Device Certificate

Your phone has an embedded device certificate. Should you need to override it with a custom certificate, you can do so through the WUI or config file settings.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

The WUI will indicate whether the certificate in use is the Factory default or your custom one. You can always return to the default Factory certificate.

SERVICING Robout Time and Date Custom Language Custom Logs Firmware Upgrade Auto Upgrade Manual Upgrade Provisioning Security Certificates Device Trusted Certificates Tr069 System Logs STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING Device Certificate Installed Certificate: Factory Custom Certificate: No Be Shown Change From Import Remove Custom Certificates

To upload a device certificate:

  1. On the Device Certificate page, click Choose File
  2. Locate the certificate file and click Open
  3. On the Device Certificate page, click Import.

Trusted Certificates

SERVICING Reboot Time and Date Custom Language Custom Logo Firmware Upgrade Auto Upgrade Manual Upgrade Provisioning Security Certificates Device Tr069 System Logs STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING Trusted Certificate Select All □ Total: 1 Issued to Issued by Expiration Protected □ DigiCert Global Root CA DigiCert Global Root CA Nov 10 00:00:00 2031 GMT. □ □ □ Only accept trusted certificates □ Import Trusted Certificate: No Re chosen Choose the Trust

On the Trusted Certificate page, you can:

Import up to 20 trusted certificates.

Delete individual (or all) certificates.

Protect certificates by selecting them in the Protected column, and then clicking Protect Selected Entries. Protected certificates cannot be selected for deletion and are not removed during a reset to factory defaults.

Select Only accept trusted certificates to enable server authentication. Deselecting this option disables server authentication.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Please check section "file" Module on page 230 for more details on other actions you can perform with certificates using configuration files.

TR069

This section applies to models Temporis IP151, IP251G, IP301G, IP701G and Alcatel IP2115.

The Broadband Forum's Technical Report 069 (TR-069) defines a protocol for remote management and secure auto-configuration of compatible devices. On the TR069 page, you can enable TR-069 and configure access to an auto-configuration server (ACS).

SERVICING Reboot Time and Date Custom Language Custom Logo Firmware Upgrade Auto Upgrade Manual Upgrade Provisioning Security Certificates Device Trusted Certificates TR069 System Logs STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING TR069 Enable TR069 ACS Username ACS Password ACS UPL Enable Periodic Inform Periodic Inform 3600 Interval (seconds) Connection Request Username Connection Request Password ...

SettingDescriptionRangeDef
Enable TR069tr069.enableEnable/Disable TR-069 subsystem.1:Enabled0:Disabled0
ACS Username tr069.acs.usernameUser name used for ACS authenticationstringblank
ACS Password tr069.acs.passwordPassword used for ACS authentication.stringblank
ACS URL tr069.acs.urlURL used to contact the ACS (for example, http://my.acs:9675/path/to/somewhere/).URIblank
Enable Period Inform tr069.periodic_inform.enableEnable/Disable periodic inform method calls.1:Enabled0:Disabled0

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Periodic Inform Interval (seconds)Periodic inform method calls interval.1-655353600
tr069.periodic_inform.interval
Connection Request UsernameIf the ACS wants to communicate with the device, it must offer the matching Connection Request user name. When the device sends the report to ACS for the first time, it contains information for this.stringblank
tr069.connection_request.username
Connection Request PasswordIf the ACS wants to communicate with the device, it must offer the matching Connection Request password. When the device sends the report to ACS for the first time, it contains information for this.stringblank
tr069.connection_request.access_password

ALCATEL

home & business phones

System Logs

On the System Logs page, you can enter settings related to system logging activities. You can also generate and download network traces.

SERVICING Reboot Time and Date Firmware Upgrade Auto Upgrade Manual Upgrade Provisioning Security Certificates System Logs STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING Syslog Settings Enable Syslog Server address: 0000 Server port: 514 Log Level: W/AN Save Network Capture Capture: New Capture Save to File Download Log Save to File: Save Log to Web

Syslog Settings

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
Enable SyslogEnable log output to syslog server.1: Enabled0: Disabled0
log.syslog_enable
Server AddressSyslog server IP address.IPv4blank
log.syslog_server_address
Server portSyslog server port.0-65535514
log.syslog_server_port
Log LevelSets the level of logging. The higher the level, the larger the debug output.5: ALL4: DEBUG3: INFO2: WARNING1: ERROR0: CRITICAL2
log.syslog_level

After entering the Syslog Settings, click Save.

The logging levels are:

CRITICAL: Operating conditions to be reported or corrected immediately (for example, an internal component failure or file system error).

ERROR: Non-urgent failures—unexpected conditions that won't cause the device to malfunction.

WARNING: An indication that an error or critical condition can occur if action is not taken. INFO: Normal operational messages.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

DEBUG: Developer messages for troubleshooting/debugging purposes.

Network Capture

To generate a pcap trace press "Start Capture"

To stop tracing, press "Stop Capture"

To download your capture press "Save to file"

Download Log

To download a copy of the system logs press "Save log to file"

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Provisioning Using Configuration Files

Provisioning using configuration files is the quickest way to configure multiple phones. You can place configuration files on a provisioning server, where the phones can retrieve them and update their configuration automatically.

Configuration files have the extension .cfg and contain parameters that define various phone settings. To edit a configuration file, open it with a text editor such as Notepad.

Configuration files consist of settings that are grouped into modules. Most of the modules group their settings in the same way that settings are grouped on the WebUI. For example, the "time_date" module contains the same settings that are on the Time and Date WebUI page.

Using the WebUI, you can also import a configuration file and apply the configuration file settings to that phone. For more information, see Provisioning.

An alternative method to configure your phones supported on models IP151, IP251G, IP301G and IP701G is using xml config objects. For more information refer to the XML Framework document.

Resynchronization—Configuration File Checking

You can select a number of options to set when the phone checks for new configuration files. This process of checking for configuration files is called Resynchronization.

Resynchronization options are available on the WebUI Provisioning page, but you can also include them in a configuration file.

The resynchronization options are:

Mode—sets the phone to check for a configuration file only, a firmware update file only, or both types of file.

Bootup: configuration file checking at reboot is enabled or not

Remote check-sync—enables you to start a resynchronization remotely using your hosted server's web portal. If the update includes settings that require the phone to reboot, the phone will reboot after one minute of inactivity. The Remote check-sync settings are available only in the configuration file, not the WebUI.

Repeatedly, at a defined interval from 0 (disabled) to 65535 minutes (45 days).

The Provisioning Process

The phone's automatic provisioning process is as follows:

  1. Find configuration server location. The phone will try to fetch its configuration information from a PNP-fetched url, or from the URLs indicated in the DHCP options (if enabled), following the priority set for opts 66, 159, 160. If the download is not successful, then it will try the fixed url set at "Provisioning server string"

  2. Download the configuration files.

The phone fetches the following two files:

General file: .cfg

MAC-specific file: _.cfg

, where values are as shown in the table below:

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Product name
Temporis IP100Temporis_IP100
Temporis IP150Temporis_IP150
Temporis IP300Temporis_IP300
Temporis IP700GTemporis_IP700G
Alcatel IP2015IP2015
Conference IP1850IP1850

Thus, for example for Temporis IP300 the files would be Temporis_IP300.cfg and Temporis_IP300_.cfg

Note: if the url the phone obtains for provisioning file location is a full path including file name, then only this one file download will be attempted.

  1. Check updates. The phone maintains a list of the last loaded provisioning files and their digital signature. The phone compares its current configuration against the files it finds on the provisioning server.

  2. If any of the changed settings require the phone to restart, the phone restarts.

During provisioning, the phone reads the configuration file and validates each module and setting are validated. The phone considers a setting valid if it is:

a valid data type

formatted as a valid setting

within a valid data range

part of a module that passes an integrity check. That is, the module's settings are consistent and logical. For example, in the "network" module, if DHCP is disabled, but no static IP address is specified, the module will fail the integrity check and none of the settings will apply.

Invalid modules or invalid settings are skipped and logged as ERRORs in the system log, but will not interrupt the provisioning process. The system log will include the module parameters that have not been applied. A recognized module with unrecognized settings will cause all other settings in that module to be skipped.

A successful configuration or firmware update is reported as an INFO message in the system log.

See Appendix A: Configuration File Settings for the options and value ranges available for each configuration file setting.

Phone Restart

If the phone needs to restart after an auto-update, the restart happens only after the phone has been idle for one minute.

To prevent users from delaying the update process, or to avoid phone restarts that might interfere with incoming calls, either set the "repeatedly" resynchronization interval to a suitable period, or upload any new configuration file(s) to your provisioning server after

ALCATEL

home & business phones

work hours so that the phones will download the file(s) when there is little or no call activity.

When you update the phone by importing a configuration file using the WebUI, the phone restarts immediately after applying any new settings that require a restart, regardless of whether the phone is idle.

Configuration File Types

The phone is able to retrieve and download two types of configuration file. Depending on your requirements, you may want to make both types of configuration file available on your provisioning server.

The two configuration file types are a general configuration file and a MAC-specific configuration file. The types differ in name only. The formatting of the files' content is identical.

The general configuration file contains settings that are required by all phones in the system.

The MAC-specific configuration file is a file that only a single phone can retrieve. The MAC-specific configuration file name contains a phone's MAC address and can only be retrieved by the phone with a matching MAC address.

The filename formats for both files are:

General file: .cfg, e.g. "Temporis_IP150.cfg" MAC-specific file: _.cfg

Both the general and MAC-specific files can contain any of the available configuration settings. A setting can appear in the general configuration file or the unit configuration file, or both files, or neither file. If a setting appears in both files, the setting that is read last is the one that applies.

When the phone fetches both a general and a MAC-specific configuration file, the general file is processed first. You can configure a setting for most of your phones in the general file, and then overwrite that setting for just a few phones using the MAC-specific file.

Data Files

The configuration file can also include links to data files other than firmware for product customization.

Link to firmware file is included in the "provisioning" module, and described in Firmware Upgrade section.

Other allowed data types include the following:

Directory (contacts, blacklist) in xml format Certificates (server, provisioning, LDAP, Broadsoft) in pem format Audio profile in xml format Customized boot up and idle screen logo files in .bmp format

Links to data files are in the configuration file's "file" module. This is where you enter any URLs to the data files you require.

NOTE: The audio profile file is already in place and should only be customized for localization purposes, according to internationally accepted guidelines.

None of these settings are exported when you export a configuration file from the phone. However, you can export a Directory or Blacklist .xml file using the WebUI. After modifying the .xml file, you can use the configuration file "file" module to have the phone import the new file. For a complete list of data file parameters, see chapter

"audio" Module: Audio Settings

ALCATEL

home & business phones

The audio settings include jitter buffer parameters and RTP port settings. These configuration items affect only models in Group C, and each account is configured independently

SettingDescriptionApplic.RangeDefault
audio.x.jitter_modeSelect the desired mode for the jitter buffer: fixed (static) or adaptive. This setting depends on your network environment and conditions.Group Cfixed,adaptiveadaptive
audio.x.fixed_jitter.delayName associated to this memory key.When in fixed jitter buffer mode,set the delay (in ms) desirable to provide good audio quality with the minimal possible delayGroup C30-50070
audio.x.adaptive_jitter.min_delayWhen in adaptive jitter buffer mode,set the minimum delay (in ms) desirable to maintain data packet capture and audio quality.Group C20-25060
audio.x.adaptive_jitter.target_delayWhen in adaptive jitter buffer mode,set the target delay (in ms) desirable to provide good audio quality with the minimal possible delay.Group C20-50080
audio.x.adaptive_jitter.max_delayWhen in adaptive jitter buffer mode,set the maximum delay (in ms) desirable to maintain data packet capture and audio quality.Group C180-500240
audio.x.rtp.port_startSets the Local RTP port range start.Group C1-6553518000
audio.x.rtp.port_endSets the Local RTP port range end.Group C1-6553519000

ALCATEL

home & business phones

audio.x.rtcp_xr.enableEnables or disables reporting of RTCP XR via SIP to a collector server.RTP ControlProtocol Extended Reports (RTCP XR) are used for voice quality assessment and diagnostics.Group C0:disabled1:enabled0

"file" Module: Imported File Settings on page 230.

Configuration File Guide

All configuration settings are initially stored in a configuration template file. Copy, rename, and edit the template file to create a general configuration file and the MAC-specific configuration files you will need. You can store the general configuration file and the MAC-specific files on your provisioning server.

Do not modify the header line that includes the model and firmware version.

Note empty parameters will not overwrite values stored in the phone. To delete the content of a parameter use the value %NULL.

To save yourself time and effort, consider which settings will be common to all (or the majority of) phones. Such settings might include Call settings, language, and programmable feature key settings. You can then edit those settings in the configuration template and save it as the general configuration file. The remaining settings will make up the MAC-specific configuration file, which you will have to copy and edit for each phone.

Guidelines for the MAC-Specific Configuration File

The phone downloads the MAC-specific configuration file after the Main configuration file. You must create a unit-specific configuration file for each phone in your system. The file name must contain the phone's MAC address, which is printed on a label on the back of the phone, or available on the MENU > Status > Product Info screen. For example, an IP2015 DECT base with the MAC address of 74:65:D1:16:12:34 would download the IP2015_7465D1161234.cfg file.

The MAC-specific configuration file contains settings intended exclusively for that phone. Such settings will include SIP account settings such as display name, user ID, authentication ID, and voicemail mailbox ID.

Securing Configuration Files with AES Encryption

You can encrypt your configuration files to prevent unauthorized users modifying the configuration files. The system encrypts files using the AES 256 algorithm. After encrypting a file and placing it on your provisioning server, you can enable the phone to decrypt the file after fetching it from the server.

To decrypt a configuration file you will need a 16-character AES key that you specified when you encrypted the file. The key (or passphrase) is limited to 16 characters and supports special characters \~^`%!&-_+=|.@*;;,?()[]{}<>/# as well as spaces.

Note: The encryption of configuration files is supported only for the auto provisioning process. Encrypt files only if you intend to store them on a provisioning server. Do not encrypt files that you intend to manually import to the phone. You cannot enable decryption for manually imported configuration files.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

To encrypt a configuration file:

You can use for example an open source tool such as Openssl, which can be downloaded from the Openssl project site. If this is the case, proceed as follows.

  1. (Optional) Place your configuration file in the same folder as the openssl.exe file. If the configuration file is not in the same folder as the openssl.exe file, you can enter a relative pathname for the [infile] in the next step.

  2. On the openssl command line, type:

enc -aes-256-cbc -pass pass:[passphrase123456] -in [infile] -out [outfile] -nosalt -p

Elements in brackets are examples—do not enter the brackets. Enter a 16-character passphrase and the unencrypted configuration file filename (the "infile") and a name for the encrypted file ("outfile") that will result.

OpenSSL> enc -aes-256-cbc -pass pass:passphrase123456 -in configtemplate.cfg -out vsp725.cfg -nosalt -p_

To enable configuration file decryption via WUI:

  1. On the WebUI, click Servicing > Provisioning.

  2. On the Provisioning page under Resynchronization, select Use Encryption for configuration file.

Resynchronization Mode: Both Bootup Check: On Interval: 0 Use encryption for configuration file Passphrase

ALCATEL

home & business phones

  1. Enter the 16-character passphrase that you created when you encrypted the configuration file.
  2. Click Save.

Note: You must ensure that configuration files are encrypted when enabling AES Encryption. Decrypting an unencrypted file will result in a garbage file that is not processed. This will also be logged as an error in the system log.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Setting Up Provisioning

Set up your provisioning server and folders for provisioning files. The general and unit configuration files should be in the same folder. Note the IP address, username and password for access to the folder on the provisioning server.

The Provisioning Server Settings will enable the phone to find the general configuration file. In most cases, default settings will make automatic provisioning possible out of the box without any further action on the phone.

The phone will try first to use PnP SUBSCRIBE to fetch configuration file location information. This mechanism is used by several PBXs in the market.

Secondly it will try to retrieve configuration files location from the different DHCP options, according to their priority. Options 66, 159 and 160 are supported, and either http, https or tftp urls are accepted here.

If the phone does not succeed to find its configuration files in the urls provided in those options, then the Server provisioning string will be used. The default value for this server again allows plug and play automatic provisioning. Check with your distributor to find out how to benefit from APRT service.

SERVICING Reboot Time and Date Firmware Upgrade Auto Upgrade Manual Upgrade Provisioning Security Certificates System Logs STATUS SYSTEM NETWORK CONTACTS SERVICING Provisioning Settings Provisioning servers: https://a1.40186.com/ Server authentication name: Server authentication password: Plug-and-Play Settings Enable PhP Subscribe DHCP Settings Use DHCP Options DHCP Option Priority 1 88 DHCP Option Priority 2 159 DHCP Option Priority 3 100 Vendor Class Id (DHCP 60): Miolet Tempote IP 10 User Class Info (DHCP 77): Miolet Tempote IP 10 Resynchronization Mode: Both Bootup Check: On Interval: 0 Use encryption for configuration file Passphrase:

If none of these default settings suit your environment, you may have to fill in the server type and address (including a full path to the general configuration file), port, username and password.

Note you can modify Provisioning Server Settings via configuration files; so you could use default settings to perform a first provisioning which rewrites these values to suit your production needs.

Please note also you can decide which of these methods will be used or not in next provisioning sequences and customize them. PnP and DHCP options can be disabled, and DHCP options priority can be changed, both using the WUI and configuration files. Check the appendix for more details.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Soft Keys

Desktop phone soft keys

The table below provides an alphabetical list of the labels that appear above the desktop phones soft keys.

LabelDescription
abc/ABC/123αβγ/ABΓa6r/ABΓSelects the format for text input
AddDisplays the new directory group editor
AddCallAdd a call to a network conference
Add dotEnters dot in IP editing field
AnswerAnswers an incoming call
BackShows the previous screen
BackspcMoves cursor back to correct entries in text editing fields
BlindStarts the blind transfer process for the active call
BridgeJoins the two active calls in a conference and returns to idle screen
Call LogDisplays Call History menu
CallbackDials the last missed caller
CallFwdDisplays Call forward menu
CancelQuits the current page without saving any settings
CFNADisplays Call Forward on No answer menu for the default account
cfwdBDisplays Call Forward on Busy menu for the default account
ClearDelete
Conf.Opens the live dialing editor to enter or insert digits for the conference target. Also finally sets up the conference.
ConfCallDisplays a list of held calls as a target for conferencing with the active call. Once selected remember to press Conf. again to set up the conference
Del. AllDeletes all records in a list

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Delete1) Deletes current entry 2) Deletes assignment 3) Deletes Directory group
DialSends and dials currently displayed/highlighted digits
DirChanges the speed dial directory source
DirectoryOpens the list of available directories
DirPickupLaunches a directed pickup on the default account
DNDDisplays DND menu
DoneConfirm
EditGo to entry/group editor
EditDialEdits a number stored in a list before dialing
End1) Closes the current page 2) Ends the current call
ExitExits the current screen and returns to the previous menu
FilterSorts the directory by all entries, blocked, or non-blocked numbers
FirstNmeSorts the directory by first name
ForwardOpens the predial editor to begin forwarding a call
FwdAllDisplays Call Forward All menu for the default account
InsertInserts a number from the directory/call history to a live dialing screen
IntercomLaunch an intercom call to a target extension
LastNmeSorts the directory by last name
LineSwitches between registered lines
MultiPageLaunches a Multicast page
NewPress to predial a new call during a call currently put on hold
NoReturns to the previous screen
OKConfirm
PageLaunch an intercom call to a target extension
PagingLaunches a Multicast page
ParkPark an active call
PC SPKFor Conference IP1850, switch to PC audio device mode. Requires USB connection.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Priv HoldFor Broadsoft environments, put a call on a shared line in private hold mode
RedialAccess the dialed calls list
RejectRejects an incoming call
ResumeResumes a call put on hold
Save1) Saves current setting 2) Begins save process
SearchOpens the Directory search editor
SelectSelects a highlighted option
SettingsOpens the User settings menu
Silence1) Silences ringer 2) Stops current call screening 3) Silences chime tone
SplitBreaks a conference or call transfer in progress into multiple calls
StatusAccess the status submenu
TransferOpens the live dialing editor to enter or insert digits of the transfer target.
TransfCompletes a transfer.
TypeSwitches between the Directory number types within an entry
ViewDisplays a database/list
XferCallDisplays a list of held calls as a transfer target for the active call. Once a call selected, remember to press Transf to complete the transfer
YesConfirm

IP15 cordless handset soft keys

The table below provides an alphabetical list of the labels that appear above IP15 cordless handset soft keys.

LabelDescription
ADDAdd an entry
ANSWERAnswers an incoming call
BACKShows the previous screen
BACKSPBackspace in text editing fields
BASESelects IP2015 as the target for a handset registration (vs DESKSET)
BLINDStarts the blind transfer process for the active call
CANCELQuits the current page without saving any settings
CLEARDelete
CONF.Confirms a conference should be set up with the two active calls
DEL1) Deletes current entry 2) Deletes assignment
DEL ALLDeletes all records in a list
DELETE1) Deletes current entry 2) Deletes assignment
DESKSETSelects a desk set as the target for a handset registration (vs BASE)
DIALSends and dials currently displayed/highlighted digits via a new call
EDITModify content
ENDFinalize a call, hang up
ENTERAccess a submenu
INSERTChain dialing of a directory number during a call
INTIntercom
LINEEnters into the line submenu
MENUEnters into main menu
NEXTToggles to the next call or step in a sequential process
NOPrevious screen

ALCATEL

home & business phones

OFFTurns ringer vol. bar empty
OKReturns to previous screen
OPTIONEnters into the action list of a directory folder
REJECTRejects an incoming call
RESUMEResumes a SIP session put on hold
REVIEWEnters into a database/list
SAVESave a setting or a directory entry
SEARCHBegins Dir searching
SELECTSelects an option
SETSave a setting
SILENCESilence ringer
STOPStop paging of the BS to HS
TRANS.Confirms a call transfer.
TYPEToggles among the Directory number types within an entry
UNLOCKShows the keypad unlock prompt
VIEWSee content
YESConfirm

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Appendix A: Configuration File Settings

This section lists the available options for all the settings within the configuration file. Most settings in the configuration file have an equivalent in the WebUI (see the settings tables in Using the WebUI on page 86). Some parameters are not available on the WUI, and in others the syntax is different as already documented in previous sections.

The settings are divided into modules. Each module loosely corresponds to a page on the WebUI. You may wish to reorganize the modules within the configuration file itself. The configuration file settings can be listed in any order, and the configuration file will still be valid.

The modules included in the configuration file are:

"sip_account Module: SIP Account Settings" on page 207
"hs_settings Module: Handset Settings" on page 240
"network Module: Network Settings" on page 212
"provisioning Module: Provisioning Settings" on page 214
"time_date Module: Time and Date Settings" on page 216
"remoteDir Module: Remote Directory Settings" on page 218
"web Module: Web Settings" on page 219
"trusted_ip Module: Trusted Server and Trusted IP Settings" on page 220
"call_settings Module: Call Settings" on page 223
"pfk Module: Programmable Feature Key Settings" on page 225
"speed_dial Module: Speed Dial Settings" on page 228
"audio Module: Audio Settings" on page 229
"ringersetting Module: Distinctive Ringer Settings" on page 237
"file Module: Imported File Settings" on page 230
"xml_app Module: XML App Settings" on page 232
"system_event Module: Action URI Settings" on page 233
"tr069 Module: TR-069 Settings" on page 234
"softkey Module: Custom Soft Key Settings" on page 239.

Parameters may not be applicable to all models. Use "Applicability" column to check if a parameter is valid for your phone.

All: applicable to all models

Group B: Temporis IP100, IP150, IP300, IP700G; Alcatel IP2015; Conference IP1850

Group C: Temporis IP151, IP251G, IP301G, IP701G; Alcatel IP2115

Group D: Temporis IP151, IP251G, IP301G, IP701G

ALCATEL

home & business phones

"sip\_account" Module: SIP Account Settings

The SIP Account settings enable you to set up individual accounts for each user. You can add up to three accounts for each phone. Each account requires you to configure the same settings. The SIP account settings for each account would be identified by their own account number, from 1 to 2.

For example, for account 1 you would set:

sip_account.1.sip_account_enable = 1
sip_account.1.display_name = 1001
sip_account.1.user_id = 2325551001 

and so on.

For account 2, you would set:

sip_account.2.sip_account_enable = 1
sip_account.2.display_name = 1002
sip_account.2.user_id = 2325551002 

and so on.

The SIP account settings follow the format: sip_account.x.[element], where x is an account number ranging from 1 to 2.

All these settings are exported when you manually export the configuration from the phone, although password content will not; just the name space.

SettingDescriptionApplica b.RangeDefault
sip_account.x.sip_account_enableAll0, 10
sip_account.x.labelAllText stringBlank
sip_account.x.display_nameAllText stringBlank
sip_account.x.user_idAllText stringBlank
sip_account.x.authentication_nameAllText stringBlank
sip_account.x.authentication_access_passwordAllNote 1Text stringBlank
sip_account.x.dial_planSee Dial Plan sectionAllText stringx+P
sip_account.x.call_restrict_dial_planGroup CText stringBlank
sip_account.x.emergency_dial_planGroup CText stringBlank
sip_account.x.inter_digit_timeoutAll1-103
sip_account.x.maximum_call_numberAll1#6

ALCATEL

home & business phones

(model dep)
sip_account.x.shared_line_enableAll0, 10
sip_account.x.barge_in_enableAll0, 10
sip_account.x.auto_answer_enableAll0, 10
sip_account.x.auto_answer_during_active_callAll0, 10
sip_account.x.cid_src_priority.1Group Cpai, rpid, frompai
sip_account.x.cid_src_priority.2Group Cpai, rpid, fromrpid
sip_account.x.cid_src_priority.3Group Cpai, rpid, fromfrom
sip_account.x.feature_sync_enableAll0, 10
sip_account.x.server_side_ctrl_variantGroup Cdefault, conversedefault
sip_account.x.music_on_hold_enableAll0, 11
sip_account.x.mwi_enableAll0, 10
sip_account.x.mwi_ignore_unsolicitedAll0, 10
sip_account.x.mwi_uriAllsip uriBlank
sip_account.x.mwi Subscription_expiresAllOB3600
sip_account.x.stutter_dial_tone_enableAll0, 11
sip_account.x.voice_encryption_enableAll0, 10
sip_account.x.primary_sip_server_portAllOB5060
sip_account.x.primary_sip_server_addressAllIPv4 or fqdnBlank
sip_account.x.primary_outbound_proxy_server_portAllOB5060
sip_account.x.primary_outbound_proxy_server_addressAllIPv4 or fqdnBlank
sip_account.x.primary_registration_server_portAllOB5060
sip_account.x.primary_registration_server_addressAllIPv4 or fqdnBlank
sip_account.x.primary_registration_expiresAllOB3600
sip_account.x.use_register_route_headerGroup C0, 11

ALCATEL

home & business phones

sip_account.x.access_code_pageAllText stringBlank
sip_account.x.access_code_park_callAllText stringBlank
sip_account.x.access_code_retrieve_parked_callAllText stringBlank
sip_account.x.access_code_retrieve voicemailAllText stringBlank
sip_account.x.access_code_dnd_onAllText stringBlank
sip_account.x.access_code_dnd_offAllText stringBlank
sip_account.x.access_code_cfa_onAllText stringBlank
sip_account.x.access_code_cfa_offAllText stringBlank
sip_account.x.access_code_cfna_onAllText stringBlank
sip_account.x.access_code_cfna_offAllText stringBlank
sip_account.x.access_code_cfb_onAllText stringBlank
sip_account.x.access_code_cfb_offAllText stringBlank
sip_account.x.access_code_anonymous_call_block_onAllText stringBlank
sip_account.x.access_code_anonymous_call_block_offAllText stringBlank
sip_account.x.access_code_outgoing_call_anonymous_onAllText stringBlank
sip_account.x.access_code_outgoing_call_anonymous_offAllText stringBlank
sip_account.x.access_code_call_waiting_onAllText stringBlank
sip_account.x.access_code_call_waiting_offAllText stringBlank
sip_account.x.access_code_group_call_pickupAllText stringBlank
sip_account.x.access_code_direct_call_pickupAllText stringBlank
sip_account.x.access_code_hg_onGroup DText stringBlank

ALCATEL

home & business phones

sip_account.x.access_code_hg_offGroup DText stringBlank
sip_account.x.access_code_sf_onGroup DText stringBlank
sip_account.x.access_code_sf_offGroup DText stringBlank
sip_account.x.blf_list_uriAllSip uriBlank
sip_account.x.blf_remote_pickup_codeAllText stringBlank
sip_account.x.blf_subscription_expiresAll15655353600
sip_account.x.nat_traversal_stun_enableAll0, 10
sip_account.x.nat_traversal_stun_server_portAll0-655353478
sip_account.x.nat_traversal_stun_server_addressAllIPv4 or fqdnBlank
sip_account.x.nat_traversal_stun_keep_alive_enableGroup C0, 11
sip_account.x.nat_traversal_stun_keep_alive_intervalGroup C0530
sip_account.x.nat_traversal_udp_keep_alive_enableGroup B0, 10
sip_account.x.nat_traversal_udp_keep_alive_intervalGroup B0530
sip_account.x.keep_alive_enableGroup C0, 10
sip_account.x.keep_alive_intervalGroup C1-360015
sip_account.x.keep_alive_ignore_failureGroup C0, 11
sip_account.x.network_conference_enableAll0, 10
sip_account.x.network_bridge_uriAllsip uriBlank
sip_account.x.sip_session_timer_enableAll0, 10
sip_account.x.sip_session_timer_minAll906553590
sip_account.x.sip_session_timer_maxAll051800
sip_account.x.dtmf_transport_methodSets the transport method for DTMF signalling.AllAuto, rfc2832, in-band, info-methodauto
sip_account.x.dtmf_payload_typeGroup C96-127101
sip_account.x.codec_priority.yAllG.711a, G.711u, G.729, G.726, G.722,

ALCATEL

home & business phones

y = 1 to 7 for Group Cilbc(Group C)
sip_account.x.blf_variantAlldefault,avaya,extended_blf,metaswitch,freeswitchdefault
sip_account.x.unregister_after_reboot_enableUnregisterafterrebootenableAll0, 10
sip_account.x.transport_modeSignallingTransportModeAll``udp'',``tcp'',``tla''``udp''
sip_account.x.backup_outbound_proxy_server_portAll0-655355060
sip_account.x.backup_outbound_proxy_server_addressAllIPv4 orfqdnBlank
sip_account.x.registration_retry_timeAll1#10
sip_account.x.local_sip_portLocal SIPportAll0-65535Line 1:5060Line 2:5070etc
sip_account.x.dscpVoiceQuality ofServiceLayer 3 -DSCPAll6-bitvalue46
sip_account.x.sip_dscpSignallingQuality ofServiceLayer 3 -DSCPAll6-bitvalue26
sip_account.x.check_trusted_certificateSeeCertificates sectionAll0,10
sip_account.use_first_trusted_certificate_for_allSeeCertificates section0,10
sip_account.x.normal_jitterGroup B0-25580
sip_account.x.g729_annexb_enableAll0, 10
sip_account.x.park_variantAllbroadsoft,asteriskbroadsoft
sip_account.x.preferred_ptimeAll10, 20,30, 40,50, 6020
sip_account.x.call_rejection_response_codeAll480, 486,603486

ALCATEL

home & business phones

"network" Module: Network Settings

The network settings follow the format: network.[element].

These settings can be exported when you manually export the configuration from the phone, except for the settings shaded in gray in the table.

SettingDescriptionApplicab.RangeDefault
network.ip.dhcp_enableIndicates whether DHCP is enabledGroup B0, 11
network.ip.modeipv4 modeGroup Cdisable, dhcp, static, pppoedhcp
network.ip.dns1Primary DNS server addressAllIPv4blank
network.ip.dns2Secondary DNS server addressAllIPv4blank
network.ip.static_ip_addrStatic IP addressAllIPv4blank
network.ip.subnet_maskSubnet maskAllIPv4blank
network.ip.gateway_addrGateway IP addressAllIPv4blank
network.ip.manually_configure_DNSGroup C0, 10
network.ip.pppoe.usernameGroup CStringblank
network.ip.pppoe.access_passwordGroup CStringblank
network.ip.pppoe.service_nameGroup CStringblank
network.ip6.modeGroup Cdisable, static, autodisable
network.ip6.prefixGroup C0-12864
network.ip6.gateway_addrGroup Cipv6blank
network.ip6.manually_configure_dnsGroup C0, 10
network.ip6.dns1Group Cipv6blank
network.ip6.dns2Group Cipv6blank
network.ip.dns_cache_clear_timeoutTime in minutes to refresh dns lookup table for the sip application. '0' to remove all caching and perform a dns lookup for every outgoing request and response (ttl=0 emulation)Group B0-144060
network.nat.masquerading_enableEnable IP masqueradingGroup B0, 10

ALCATEL

home & business phones

network.nat.public_ip_addrPublic IP addressGroup BIpv4blank
network.nat.public_sip_portPublic SIP portGroup B0-655355060
network.nat.public_rtp_port_startPublic RTP port startGroup B0-6553518000
network.nat.public_rtp_port_endPublic RTP port endGroup B0-6553519000
network.vlan.wan.enableEnable vlan on WAN portAll0, 10
network.vlan.wan.idWAN port VIDAll0-40950
network.vlan.wan.priorityWAN vlan port priorityAll0-70
network.vlan.pc.enableEnable vlan on PC portAll0, 10
network.vlan.pc.idPC port VIDAll0-40950
network.vlan.pc.priorityPC vlan port priorityAll0-70
network.rtp.port_startLocal RTP port range startGroup B0-6553518000
network.rtp.port_endLocal RTP port range endGroup B0-6553519000
network.lldp_med.enableLLDP-MED enableAll0, 11
network.lldp_med.intervalLLDP-MED packet interval (seconds)All1-3030
network.capol.enable802-1x EAPOL enableAll0, 10
network.capol.identity802-1x EAPOL identityAllstringblank
network.eapol.access_password802-1x EAPOL MD5 passwordAllstringblank
network.vendor_class_idVendor Class ID (DHCP option 60)AllstringModel dependent
network.user_classUser Class (DHCP option 77)AllstringModel dependent
network.pc_port.enableGroup D0, 11
network.pc_port.mirroring.enableGroup D0, 10
network.vpn.enableGroup C0, 10

"profile" Module: security settings

The profile settings follow the format: profile.[element].

ALCATEL

home & business phones

These settings are not exported when you manually export the configuration from the phone; only their namespaces are.

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
profile.admin.access_passwordPassword for adminstringadmin
profile.user.access_passwordPassword for userstringuser

"provisioning" Module: Provisioning Settings

The provisioning settings follow the format: provisioning.[element].

All these settings are exported when you manually export the configuration from the phone.

SettingDescriptionApplic.RangeDefault
provisioning.bootup_check_enableEnable bootup checkAll0, 11
provisioning.crypto_enableEnable cryptographyAll0, 10
provisioning.crypto_passphrasePassphrase to decode encrypted config fileAllstringBlank
provisioning.dhcp_option_enableEnable DHCP optionAll0, 11
provisioning.dhcp_option_priority_1DHCP option priority 1All0, 66, 159, 16066
provisioning.dhcp_option_priority_2DHCP option priority 2All0, 66, 159, 160159
provisioning.dhcp_option_priority_3DHCP option priority 3All0, 66, 159, 160160
provisioning.firmware_urlFirmware URLAllstringBlank
provisioning.handset_firmware_urlURL for DECT handset FirmwareAll DECT enabledstringBlank
provisioning.fw_server_usernameAuthentication username for firmware downloadAllStringBlank
provisioning.fw_server_access_passwordAuthentication password for firmware download.Value not exportedAllstringBlank
provisioning.resync_modeResync modeAllconfig_only,firmware_only,config_and_firmware

ALCATEL

home & business phones

config_and_firmware
provisioning.resync_timeMinutes between checks for new firmware and/or configuration fileAll080
provisioning.schedule_modeAlldisable, interval, weekdaydisable
provisioning.weekdaysDays for which provisioning should take place.AllList of comma delimited integers, 0 to 6blank
provisioning.weekdays_start_hrAll0-230
provisioning.weekdays_end_hrAll0-230
provisioning.server_addressServer address for configuration downloadAllstringhttps://art.atlinks.com
provisioning.server_usernameAuthentication username for configuration downloadAllstringblank
provisioning.server_access_passwordAuthentication password for configuration downloadValue not exportedAllstringblank
provisioning.check_trusted_certificateRequire trusted certificate for https provisioningAll0,10
provisioning.click_to_dialEnable click-to-dial from WUI contacts pageAll0,11
provisioning.remote_check_sync_enableEnable provisioning start via NOTIFY check-syncAll0,11
provisioning.pnp_enableEnable pnp discovery mechanism for configuration file fetch urlAll0, 11
provisioninp.pnp_response_timeoutTime in seconds PnP subscription will be attempted before giving upAll1-6010

ALCATEL

home & business phones

"time_date" Module: Time and Date Settings

The time and date settings follow the format: time_date.[element].

All these settings are exported when you manually export the configuration from the phone.

SettingDescriptionApplicab.RangeDefault
time_date.date_formatFormat for displaying the dateAllDD/MM/YY, MM/DD/YY, YY/MM/DDDD/MM/YY
time_date.24hr_clockEnable 24-hour clock formatAll0, 11
time_date.ntp_dhcp_optionEnable NTP server DHCP option (opt 42)All0, 10
time_date.ntp_serverEnable NTP serverAll0, 11
time_date.ntp_server_addrAddress of NTP serverAllIPv4 or fqdneurope.pool.ntp.org
time_date.ntp_server_update_intervalDelay between NTP server updates, in secondsAll0 - 42949672951000
time_date.timezone_dhcp_optionEnable time zone DHCP option (2/100/101)All0, 10
time_date.selected_timezoneSet time zoneAllPlease see Appendix BEurope/Paris
time_date.daylight_saving_auto_adjustAll0,11
time_date.daylight_saving_user_definedAll0, 10
time_date.daylight_saving_start_monthAllJanuary - DecemberMarch
time_date.daylight_saving_start_weekAll1-52
time_date.daylight_saving_start_dayAll"Sunday", "Monday", "Tuesday", "Wednesday", "Thursday", "Friday", "Saturday"Sunday

ALCATEL

home & business phones

time_date.daylight_saving_start_hourAll00:00 - 23:0002:00
time_date.daylight_saving_end_monthAll"January", "February", "March", "April", "May", "June", "July", "August", "September", "October", "November", "December"November
time_date.daylight_saving_end_weekAll1-51
time_date.daylight_saving_end_dayAll"Sunday", "Monday", "Tuesday", "Wednesday", "Thursday", "Friday", "Saturday"Sunday
time_date.daylight_saving_end_hourAll00:00 - 23:0002:00
time_date.daylight_saving_amountDST offset in minutesAll0560

"log" Module: Log Settings

The log settings control system logging activities.

The log settings follow the format: log.element.

These settings can be exported when you manually export the configuration from the phone.

SettingDescriptionApplicab.RangeDefault
log.syslog_enableEnable log output to syslog serverAll0, 10
log.syslog_levelLog level. The higher the level, the larger the debug output.5-all4-debug3-info2-warningAll0-52

ALCATEL

home & business phones

1-error0-critical
log.syslog_server_addressSyslog server IP addressAllIPv4blank
log.syslog_server_portSyslog server portAll0-65535514

"remoteDir" Module: Remote Directory Settings

The remote directory settings follow the format: remoteDir.element.

All these settings are exported when you manually export the configuration from the phone.

SettingDescriptionApplic.RangeDefault
remoteDir.ldap_enableEnable/disable LDAPAll0,10
remoteDir.ldap_directory_nameLDAP directory nameAllStringBlank
remoteDir.ldap_number_filterLDAP number filterAllStringBlank
remoteDir.ldap_firstname_filterLDAP first name filterAllStringBlank
remoteDir.ldap_lastname_filterLDAP last name filterAllStringBlank
remoteDir.ldap_server_addressLDAP server addressAllIPv4 or fqdnblank
remoteDir.ldap_portLDAP server portAll0-65535389
remoteDir.ldap_authentication_typeLDAP authentication typeAllsimple, sslsimple
remoteDir.ldap_baseLDAP baseAllStringBlank
remoteDir.ldap_user_nameLDAP user nameAllStringBlank
remoteDir.ldap_access_passwordLDAP passwordAllStringBlank
remoteDir.ldap_max_hitsLDAP maximum hitsAll0-65535200
remoteDir.ldap_firstname_attributeLDAP first name attributeAllStringBlank
remoteDir.ldap_lastname_attributeLDAP last name attributeAllStringBlank

ALCATEL

home & business phones

remoteDir.ldap_work_number_attributesLDAP work number attributesAllStringBlank
remoteDir.ldap_mobile_number_attributesLDAP mobile number attributesAllStringBlank
remoteDir.ldap_other_number_attributesLDAP home number attributesAllStringBlank
remoteDir.ldap_protocol_versionLDAP protocol versionAllversion_2, version_3version_3
remoteDir.ldap_search_delayLDAP search delayAll0-5000
remoteDir.ldap_incall_lookup_enableLDAP incoming call lookupAll0,10
remoteDir.ldap_outcall_lookup_enableLDAP outgoing call lookupAll0,10
remoteDir.ldap_check_certificateRequire certificate for ssl LDAPAll0,10
remoteDir.broadsoft_enableEnable/disable Broadsoft directoryAll0,10
remoteDir.broadsoft_display_nameBroadsoft display nameAllStringBlank
remoteDir.broadsoft_serverBroadsoft serverAllIPv4 or fqdnBlank
remoteDir.broadsoft_portBroadsoft server portAll0-655350
remoteDir.broadsoft_user_nameBroadsoft user nameAllStringBlank
remoteDir.broadsoft_access_passwordBroadsoft passwordAllStringBlank
remoteDir.broadsoft_dir_typeAllGroup, GroupCommon, Enterprise, EnterpriseCommon, PersonalGroup
remoteDir.broadsoft_check_certificateRequire certificate for ssl BroadsoftAll0,10

"web" Module: Web Settings

The web settings control the web server IP, port, and security settings.

The web settings follow the format: web.element.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

These settings can be exported when you manually export the configuration from the phone, except for the settings shaded in gray in the table.

SettingDescriptionApplicabRangeDefault
web.http_portSets the http port for the embedded web serverAll0-6553580
web.https_portSets the https port when https is enabledAll0-65535443
web.https_enableSets embedded web server to use the https protocol.All0, 10
web.server_enableEnables or disables the embedded web serverGroup C0, 11
web.activeuri_enableEnables or disable the phone's capability to respond to CTI commands through active uris. For more information check with your customer support team.Group D0, 10

"trusted\_ip" Module: Trusted Server and Trusted IP Settings

The trusted_ip settings provide enhanced security for your phone. When enabled, these settings can filter network traffic and reject any traffic from unauthorized sources.

The trusted_ip settings follow the format: trusted_servers.[element].These settings can be exported when you manually export the configuration from the phone.

SettingDescriptionApplic.RangeDefault
trusted_ip.only_accept_sip_account_serversEnables or disables using each enabled account's Registration server, SIP server, Outbound Proxy server and Backup Outbound Proxy server as sources for trusted SIP traffic.Group C0:disabled1:enabled0
trusted_ip.only_accept_allo wed_ipEnables or disables using the Allowed IP list to filter network traffic. When enabled, all unsolicited IP traffic will be blocked unless it is from one of the trusted IP addresses on the "Allowed IP" list.Group C0:disabled1:enabled0
trusted_ip.x.allow_ipEnter an IP address or address range for one instance of the '' Allowed IP'' list. x ranges from 1 to 10. See '' Trusted IP''Group CText string (IPv4 or IPv6, IP range in IPv4 or IPv6)Blank

ALCATEL

home & business phones

on page 185 for more information.

"user\_pref" Module: User Preference Settings

The user settings are accessible to the phone user. These settings are useful for initial setup. You may wish to remove these settings from auto-provisioning update files so that users do not have their own settings overwritten.

The user preference settings follow the format: user_pref.element.

All these settings are exported when you manually export the configuration from the phone.

SettingDescriptionApplic.RangeDefault
user_pref.languagePhone User Interface languageAllen, es, fr, de, it, pt, nl, ru, el, tk, plen
user_pref.web_languageWUI languageAllen, es, fr, de, it, pt, nl, ru, el, tk, plen
user_pref.lcd_contrastLCD contrastAll1-74
user_pref.backlightBacklight level in non idle modeAlloff, low, medium, high off/on for IP15xon or high
user_pref.idle_backlightIdle backlight levelAlloff, low, medium, high off/on for IP15xoff
user_pref.backlight_timeoutBacklight timeout in secondsAll10-6030
user_pref.idle_to_logo_timeoutSets the delay (in seconds) before the logo replaces the idle screenAll0 (disabled)-30030
user_preflogo_to_idle_timeoutSets the delay (in seconds) before the idle screen replaces the logo. This parameter enables the LCD to cycle between the idle screen and the logoAll1-30060
user_pref.absent_timeoutTimeout(sec.) after which live dial will return to idleAll10-6030

ALCATEL

home & business phones

without additional dialing digits
user_pref.text_input_optionSpecify the order & available language input option in user edit modeAllnumber, uc_western, lc_western, uc_ru, lc_ru, uc_el, lc_elnumber, uc_western, lc_western
user_pref.account.x.ringerRinger tone for account x, where x is model dependentAll1-101
user_pref.account.x.diversion_displayEnables or disables the display of diversioninfo (if available) for calls forwarded to account x.Group C0, 11
user_pref.blf_indication_optionConfigures the BLF LED behavior for different service providers. Two options are available, main difference is IDLE (off vs. steady green) and errorAll1, 21
user_pref.ringer_volumeRinger volumeAll0-9 (0 is off)5
user_pref.speaker_volumeSpeaker volumeAll0-9 (0 is off)5
user_pref.headset_volumeCordless headset volumeAll0-9 (0 is off)5
user_pref.handset_volumeCorded handset volumeAll0-9 (0 is off)5
user_pref.audio_modeDefault audio modeAllspeaker, heads etspeaker
user_pref.key_beep_enableEnable/disable key beepsAll0, 11
user_pref.hold_reminder.enableEnable/disable hold reminderAll0, 11
user_pref.hold_reminder.intervalHold reminder interval in secondsAll10-30030
user_pref.call_waiting.modeCall waiting modeAllenable, rejectenable
user_pref.call_waiting.tone_enableEnable/disable call waiting toneAll0, 11
user_pref.call_waiting.tone_intervalCall waiting tone interval in secondsAll10-6030
user_pref.call_terminated.busy_tone_enableEnable/disable playing busy toneAll0, 11

ALCATEL

home & business phones

when remote party terminates a call
user_pref.notify.led.missed_call.enableSets how the Message Waiting LED operates. When enabled, the LED turns on for missed calls and new messages. When disabled, the LED turns on for new messages only.Note: This setting is not available on the phone menu or WebUI.All0, 11
user_pref.quick_transferSets how Quick Dial and BLF Programmable keys shall behave during an active callGroup Dnew_call, blind, attendednew_call

"call\_settings" Module: Call Settings

The call settings configure data related to a user's call preferences.

All the call settings (except one) follow the format: call_settings.account.x.[element] where x is an account number ranging from 1 to 2.

SettingDescriptionApplic.RangeDefault
call_settings.account.x.block_anonymous_enableEnable/disable anonymous call blockingAll0, 10
call_settings.account.x.outgoing_anonymous_enableEnable/disable outgoing anonymous callsAll0, 10
call_settings.account.x.dnd_enableEnable/disable Do Not Disturb leAll0, 10
call_settings.account.x.dnd_inco ming_callsShow or reject incoming calls if DND is onAllshow, rejectreject
call_settings.account.x.call_fwd always_enableEnable/disable call forward alwaysAll0, 10
call_settings.account.x.call_fwd always_targetTarget number for call forward alwaysAllStringBlank
call_settings.account.x.call_fwd busy_enableEnable/disable call forward busyAll0, 10
call_settings.account.x.call_fwd busy_targetTarget number for call forward busyAllStringBlank
call_settings.account.x.cfna_enableEnable/disable call forward no answerAll0, 10
call_settings.account.x.cfna_targetTarget number for call forward no answerAllStringBlank

ALCATEL

home & business phones

call_settings.account.x.cfna_delayDelay (in # of rings) before call is forwardedAll1-106
call_settings.missed_call_alert_enableEnable/disable missed call alertAll0, 11
call_settings.hotline_enableEnables or disables the hotline feature.All0, 11
call_settings.hotline_accountSets the account used for dialing the hotline number.All0 to max accounts0 (def account)
call_settings.hotline_numberSets the number dialed by the hotline feature.Allstringblank
call_settings.hotline_delaySets the delay (in seconds) between the phone going off hook and the hotline number being dialed.All0-100
call_settings.account.x.call_completion_enableEnables or disables the Call Completion for Busy Subscribers (CCBS) feature. The feature notifies users when a previously busy number is available and asks them whether they wish to call the number back.Group C0, 10
call_settings.account.x.call_completion_alert_enableEnables or disables an audible alert (similar to a hold reminder alert tone) if the user is on another call when the auto redial interval expires.Group C0, 11
call_settings.account.x.auto_red_ial_repeatSets how many auto redial attempts are made.Group C1-3010
call_settings.account.x.auto_red_ial_intervalSets the countdown timer (in seconds) until the user is prompted for the next dialing attempt.Group C1-30030
call_settings.account.x.unconditional-auto_answer_enableEnables or disables unconditional Auto Answer. Auto Answer allows a deskset or conference phone to automatically answer incoming calls to that account without user intervention. An auto answer tone will sound.Group C0, 10
call_settings.account.x.unconditional-auto_answer_delaySets the delay before the phone auto answers a call.Group C0-302
call_settings.account.x.unconditional-auto_answer_mute_on_ansEnables or disables muting the mic upon auto answeringGroup C0, 10

ALCATEL

home & business phones

"pfk" Module: Programmable Feature Key Settings

The programmable feature key (PFK) settings store the data associated with each programmable feature key.

The programmable feature key settings follow the format: pfk.x.[element], where x is the programmable feature key ID, ranging from 1 to 32.

SettingDescriptionApplic.RangeDefault
pfk.x.featureAssigns a feature to the PFKGroup Bunassigned,line, dir,call log,redial, messages,dnd, dndall, cfwdall, cfwdbusy, cfwdno answer,quick dial,busy lampfield, acd,page,multicastpage, parkcall, retrieveparkedcall, incall dumf,callback,group callpickup,direct callpickup,prefix_dialNote:TemporisIP100 andIP150 pfks6 to 10 and16 to 20have noLEDs, hence somefunctionsare notallowed.For more detailscontact yourtechnicalsupport.Model dependent.See each model's quick reference guide in Getting Started chapter,on page 8
pfk.x.featureAssigns a feature to the PFKGroup Cunassigned,line, dir,call log,redial, messages,dnd, dndall, cfwdall, cfwdbusy, cfwd

home & business phones

no answer, quick dial, busy lamp field, acd, page, multicast page, park call, retrieve parked call, in call dtmf, callback, group call pickup, direct call pickup, prefix_dial, chp, hg, sf, lock_key, flash, xml appNote:Temporis IP151 pfks 6 to 10 and 16 to 20 have no LEDs, hence some functions are not allowed. For more details contact your technical support.
pfk.[hardkey].featureThe programmable hard key settings follow the format:pfk.[hardkey].[element].The values fordepend on the model. For example, for IP701G these are:up, down, cancel, mute, select, hold, flash, transfer, confGroup Dunassigned, dir, call log, redial, messages, dnd, dnd all, cfwd all, cfwd busy, cfwd no answer, retrieve parked call, quick dial, page, multicast page, callback, group call pickup, direct call pickup, prefix dial, lock_key, xml app, network status

ALCATEL

home & business phones

pfk.x.accountSIP account used for the assigned feature (if applicable)All1-max accounts (model dependent)1
pfk.[hardkey].accountGroup C
pfk.x.quick_dialQuick dial string to use if quick dial is assigned to PFKAllstringBlank
pfk.[hardkey].quickdialGroup D
pfk.x.blfBLF string to use if Busy Lamp Field is assigned to PFKAllstringBlank
pfk.x.incall_dtmfDTMF string if in-call dtmf is assigned to pfk.AllDTMF digitsBlank
pfk.x.page_destinationIf required by your service provider, enter a page destination number.The target number for the outgoing page will be formed by concatenating Paging feature access code of the selected account and the PFK page destination value.AllstringBlank
pfk.[hardkey].page_destinationSame as aboveGroup CstringBlank
pfk.x.park_destinationIf required by your service provider and sip_account.x.park_variant setting, enter a value for the park ''orbit'' or extension.AllstringBlank
pfk.x.park_retrieval_sourceDescription: If required by your service provider and sip_account.x.park_variant setting, enter a value for the park ''orbit'' or extension.AllstringBlank
pfk.[hardkey].park_retrieval_sourcesame as aboveGroup DstringBlank
pfk.x.prefixEnter a prefix to be dialed (hidden from the user) when the key is pressed. The prefix is added to any user-entered digits. %N can be used for substitution of user-entered digits. For example, *71%N# usesAllStringblank

ALCATEL

home & business phones

[*71] + [user-entered digits] + [#] as the outgoing dialing string.
pfk.[hardkey].prefixSame as aboveGroup DStringblank
pfk.x.multicast_zoneSets the multicast paging zone if multicast page is assigned to PFK x.All1-10Bank
pfk.[hardkey].multicast_zoneSame as aboveGroup D1-10blank
pfk.x.call_handling_profileIf pfk.x.feature is chp, enter the string of the call handling profile that the pfk LED will indicate.Group DstringBlank
pfk.x.call_handling_profile_set_codeIf pfk.x.feature is chp, enter the call handling profile FAC and profile index number to activate the profile.Group DstringBlank
pfk.x.direct_pickupIf pfk.x.feature is direct call pickup, enter the Direct Call Pickup feature access code (FAC).Group DstringBlank
pfk.[hardkey].direct_pickupSame as aboveGroup DstringBlank
pfk.x.hunt_groupIf pfk.x.feature value is hg, enter the hunt group extension number assigned for this pfk.Group DstringBlank
pfk.x.secretarial_filteringIf pfk.x.feature value is sf, enter the manager's extension number assigned for this pfkGroup DstringBlank
pfk.x.xml_uriIf pfk.x.feature is xml app, enter the URI to fetch the XML application to be executed.Group DURIBlank
pfk.[hardkey].xml_uriSame as aboveGroup DURIBlank

"speed\_dial" Module: Speed Dial Settings

The memory key settings configure the dial pad keys for speed dialing pre-programmed phone numbers. When configured, the phone user can press and hold a dial pad key to dial a programmed phone number.

The memory key settings follow the format speed_dial.x.[element], where x is the dial pad key, ranging from 1 to 0 (with 0 being the "0" key in your dial pad).

ALCATEL

home & business phones

SettingDescriptionApplic.RangeDefault
speed_dial.x.numberPhone number that the memory key will dial when pressed and held.AllStringblank
speed_dial.x.nameName associated to this memory key.AllStringblank
speed_dial.x.accountSIP account (line) used for dialing when memory key x is pressed and held.All1-21

"audio" Module: Audio Settings

The audio settings include jitter buffer parameters and RTP port settings. These configuration items affect only models in Group C, and each account is configured independently

SettingDescriptionApplic.RangeDefault
audio.x.jitter_modeSelect the desired mode for the jitter buffer: fixed (static) or adaptive. This setting depends on your network environment and conditions.Group Cfixed,adaptiveadaptive
audio.x.fixed_jitter.delayName associated to this memory key.When in fixed jitter buffer mode, set the delay (in ms) desirable to provide good audio quality with the minimal possible delayGroup C30-50070
audio.x.adaptive_jitter.min_delayWhen in adaptive jitter buffer mode, set the minimum delay (in ms) desirable to maintain data packet capture and audio quality.Group C20-25060
audio.x.adaptive_jitter.target_delayWhen in adaptive jitter buffer mode, set the target delay (in ms) desirable to provide good audio quality with the minimal possible delay.Group C20-50080

ALCATEL

home & business phones

audio.x.adaptive_jitter.max_delayWhen in adaptive jitter buffer mode, set the maximum delay (in ms) desirable to maintain data packet capture and audio quality.Group C180-500240
audio.x.rtp.port_startSets the Local RTP port range start.Group C1-6553518000
audio.x.rtp.port_endSets the Local RTP port range end.Group C1-6553519000
audio.x.rtcp_xr.enableEnables or disables reporting of RTCP XR via SIP to a collector server.RTP Control Protocol Extended Reports (RTCP XR) are used for voice quality assessment and diagnostics.Group C0:disabled1:enabled0

"file" Module: Imported File Settings

The "file" parameters enable the provisioning file to import additional configuration files of various types, including:

Audio profile

Contact lists

Security certificates

And others

File parameter values are URLs that direct the phone to the location of the file to be imported.

None of these settings are exported when you manually export the configuration from the phone. Default value is blank for all of them.

SettingApplic.Description
file.audio_profileAllURL of Audio Profile to be imported.
file.contact.directory.appendAllURL of xml contact directory to be appended to existing contacts.
file.contact.directory.overwriteAllURL of xml contact directory to be imported which will overwrite any existing contacts.
file.contact.blacklist.appendAllURL of xml contact blacklist to be appended to existing black list.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

file.contact.blacklist.overwriteAllURL of xml contact blacklist to be imported and will overwrite existing black list.
file.bootup_logoAllURL of custom logo shown during bootup. For logo specifications, see Logo specifications on page 43
file.idle_logoAllURL of custom logo shown on the idle screen. For logo specifications see Logo specifications on page 43
file.sips.trusted.certificate.xGroup BURL of SIPS certificate to be imported for TLS transport on account x.
file.https_user.certificateGroup BURL of HTTPS certificate to be imported.
file.provisioning.trusted.certificateGroup BURL of certificate to be imported for secure provisioning
file.ldap.trusted.certificateGroup BURL of certificate to be imported for secure LDAP
file.broadsoft.trusted.certificateGroup BURL of certificate to be imported for secure Broadsoft directory
file.certificate.x.urlGroup CURL to upload a trusted certificate file in pem or crt. It will be given index x and marked as unprotected. x ranges from 1 to 20.
file.protected_certificate.x.urlGroup CURL to upload a trusted certificate file in pem or crt. It will be given index x and marked as protected. x ranges from 1 to 20.
file.certificate.trusted.urlGroup CURL to upload a trusted certificate file in pem or crt. It will be given the first available index and marked as unprotected.
file.protected_certificate.trusted.urlGroup CURL to upload a trusted certificate file in pem or crt. It will be given the first available index and marked as protected.
file.protected_certificate.custom_device.urlGroup CURL to upload a custom device certificate to override the factory installed device certificate.
file.actionGroup CEnables you to delete certain certificates.removecertificate_customdevice:remove the custom device certificate and resume the use of the factory installed device certificate

ALCATEL

home & business phones

removecertificate_allnonprotected: remove all non-protected trusted certificatesremovecertificate_all: remove the custom device certificate and all protected or non-protected trusted certificatesEnables you to delete a custom language from the WebUI, the deskset screens, or both.Values:removecertificate_customdevice,removecertificate_allnonprotected,removecertificate_allremovecustomlanguage_all,removecustomlanguage_webui,removecustomlanguage_desksetui
file.language.deskset.urlGroup DURL of the Deskset UI Custom Language file to be imported
file.language.webui.urlGroup DURL of Web UI Custom Language file to be imported.
file.vpn.advanced_configGroup CURL of OpenVPN client configuration file. For more information, see ''VPN'' on page 149.
file.custom_ringerGroup DEnter URI to WAV file for a custom ringer. The custom ringer replaces Ringtone 10 on Ringer tone menu. For more information about file format, see ''Custom Ringer'' on page 113.

"xml\_app" Module: XML App Settings

Phones in model Group C (Temporis IP151, IP251G, IP301G and IP701G) support both push and pull server applications. The XML app settings allow you to enable "push" events and how they interact with the phone during calls.

SettingDescriptionApplic.RangeDefault
xml_app.http_push_enableEnable or disable HTTP push, which enables the phone to display XML objects that are ''pushed'' to the phone from the server via http/https POST or SIP NOTIFY.Group D0:disabled1:enabled0

ALCATEL

home & business phones

xml_app.push_during_call_enableEnable or disable the phone to display pushed XML objects during a call.Otherwise, the XML application is displayed after the call is over.Group D0:disabled1:enabled0

For more information about the XML Browser interface please check with your customer support.

"system\_event" Module: Action URI Settings

Phones in model Group D (Temporis IP151, IP251G, IP301G and IP701G) support interaction with a server application by using an HTTP GET request. The action URI triggers a GET request when a specified event occurs. Action URIs allow an external application to take control of the display when an event occurs. For more information, see "Server Application" on page 132

SettingDescriptionApplic.RangeDefault
system_event.startup.action_uriEnter URI for GET request triggered at end of phone bootup.Group DStringBlank
system_event.registered.action_uriEnter URI for GET request triggered at end of line registration.Group DStringBlank
system_event.on_hook.action_uriEnter URI for GET request triggered when phone goes from active to idleGroup DStringBlank
system_event.off_hook.action_uriEnter URI for GET request triggered when phone goes into dial mode.Group DStringBlank
system_event.incoming_call.action_uriEnter URI for GET request triggered for incoming calls or call waiting events.Group DStringBlank
system_event.outgoing_call.action_uriEnter URI for GET request triggered when phone sends SIP INVITE message.Group DStringBlank

ALCATEL

home & business phones

system_event.poll.action_uriEnter URI for periodical GET requestGroup DStringBlank
system_event.poll.intervalEnter interval (in seconds) between poll.action_uri requestsGroup D1-655353600
system_event.connected.action_uriEnter URI for GET request triggered when phone has active call or is paging.Group DStringBlank
system_event.registration_event.action_uriEnter URI for GET request triggered when the registration state changes.Group DStringBlank

For more information about the XML Browser interface please check with your technical support.

"tr069" Module: TR-069 Settings

Phones in model Group C (Temporis IP151, IP251G, IP301G, IP701G and Alcatel IP2115) support TR-069.

The Broadband Forum's Technical Report 069 (TR-069) defines a protocol for remote management and secure auto-configuration of compatible devices. The TR-069 settings allow you to enable TR-069 and configure access to an auto-configuration server (ACS).

SettingDescriptionApplic.RangeDefault
tr069.enableEnable/disable the TR-069 subsystem.Group C0:disabled1:enabled0
tr069.acs.urlEnter the URL to the auto configuration server (ACS).Group Cstringblank
tr069.acs.usernameEnter user name for ACS authenticationGroup Cstringblank
tr069.acs.access_passwordEnter password for ACS authentication.Group Cstringblank
tr069.periodic_inform.enableEnable/disable the phone sending Inform messages to the serverGroup C0:disabled1:enabled0
tr069.periodic_inform.intervalSet the interval (in seconds) betweenGroup C1-655353600

ALCATEL

home & business phones

sending Inform messages.

"tone" Module: Tone Definition Settings

The Tone Definition settings configure data for various tones for the purpose of localization. The Audio Manager component uses the data from this model to populate the mcu on bootup.

The tone definition settings follow the format: tone.element.x, where x is the index of the elements, ranging from 1 to 5.

Each definition (or tone element) must be a string of 12 elements separated by a space:

"<num of freq> <freq1> <amp1> <freq2> <amp2> <freq3> <amp3> <freq4> <amp4> <on duration> <off duration> <repeat count>" 

Where:

<num of freq>: 04
<freq1>: 05
<amp1>: -3276832767 /-30-6
<freq2>: 0-65535
<amp2>: -32768-32767 /-30-6
<freq3>: 0-65535
<amp3>: -32768-32767 /-30-6
<freq4>: 0-65535
<amp4>: -32768-32767 /-30-6
<on duration>: 0-2^32
<off duration>: 0-2^32
<repeat count>: 0-65535 

All these settings are exported when you manually export the configuration from the phone.

SettingApplicabilityDefault
tone.call_waiting_tone.num_of_elementsAll1
tone.call_waiting_tone.element.1Group B1 440 -120 0 0 0 0 0 0 500 0 1
tone.call_waiting_tone.element.1Group C1 440 -22 0 0 0 0 0 0 500 0 1
tone.call_waiting_tone.element.[2-5]Allblank
tone.call_waiting_tone.num_of_repeat_allGroup C0
tone.hold_reminder.num_of_elementsAll1
tone.hold_reminder.element.1Group B1 770 -120 0 0 0 0 0 0 300 0 1
tone.hold_reminder.element.1Group C1 770 -22 0 0 0 0 0 0 300 0 1
tone.hold_reminder.element.[2-5]Allblank

ALCATEL

home & business phones

tone.hold_reminder.num_of_repeat_allGroup C0
tone.inside_dial_tone.num_of_elementsAll1
tone.inside_dial_tone.element.1Group B2 440 -180 350 -180 0 0 0 04294967295 0 65535
tone.inside_dial_tone.element.1Group C2 440 -22 350 -22 0 0 0 065535 0 65535
tone.inside_dial_tone.element.[2-5]Allblank
tone.inside_dial_tone.num_of_repeat_allGroup C0
tone.stutter_dial_tone.num_of_elementsAll2
tone.stutter_dial_tone.element.1Group B2 440 -180 350 -180 0 0 0 0100 100 10
tone.stutter_dial_tone.element.2Group B2 440 -180 350 -180 0 0 0 04294967295 0 65535
tone.stutter_dial_tone.element.1Group C2 440 -22 350 -22 0 0 0 0 100100 10
tone.stutter_dial_tone.element.2Group C2 440 -22 350 -22 0 0 0 065535 0 65535
tone.stutter_dial_tone.element.[3-5]Allblank
tone.stutter_dial_tone.num_of_repeat_allGroup C0
tone.busy_tone.num_of_elementsAll1
tone.busy_tone.element.1Group B2 480 -180 620 -180 0 0 0 0500 500 65535
tone.busy_tone.element.1Group C2 480 -22 620 -22 0 0 0 0 500500 65535
tone.busy_tone.element.[2-5]Allblank
tone.busy_tone.num_of_repeat_allGroup C0
tone.ring_back_tone.num_of_elementsAll1
tone.ring_back_tone.element.1Group B2 440 -180 480 -180 0 0 0 02000 4000 65535
tone.ring_back_tone.element.1Group C2 440 -22 480 -22 0 0 0 02000 4000 65535
tone.ring_back_tone.element.[2-5]Allblank
tone.ring_back_tone.num_of_repeat_allGroup C0
tone.congestion_tone.num_of_elementsGroup C3
tone.congestion_tone.element.1Group C1 950 -22 0 0 0 0 0 0 330 0 1

ALCATEL

home & business phones

tone.congestion_tone.element.2Group C1 1400 -22 0 0 0 0 0 0 330 0 1
tone.congestion_tone.element.3Group C1 1800 -22 0 0 0 0 0 0 330 1000
tone.congestion_tone.element.[4-5]Group Cblank
tone.congestion_tone.num_of_repeat_allGroup C65535
tone.ring_back_tone.element.[2-5]blank
tone.dial_tone.num_of_elementsGroup C1
tone.dial_tone.element.1Group C2 440 -22 350 -22 0 0 0 0 65535 0 65535
tone.dial_tone.element.[2-5]Group Cblank
tone.dial_tone.num_of_repeat_allGroup C0
tone.auto_answer_tone.num_of_elementsGroup C1
tone.auto_answer_tone.element.1Group C2 500 -22 800 -22 0 0 0 0 1000 0 1
tone.auto_answer tone.element.[2-5]Group Cblank
tone.auto_answer tone.num_of_repeat_allGroup C0

"ringersetting" Module: distinctive ringing settings

The distinctive ringing settings follow the format: ringersetting.[element].

All these settings are exported when you manually export the configuration from the phone.

SettingDescriptionRangeDefault
ringersetting.x.ringer_textContent of the ''info'' field in the Alert-info header to match for distinctive ringing for element ''x''.SeeRinger SettingssectionText stringblank
ringersetting.x.ringer_typeRinger tone to use when there is a match with ringer_text1-101

"page\_zone" Module: Paging Zone Settings

The paging zone settings allow you to define a maximum of 10 paging zones that the deskset can use for multicast paging.

The paging zone parameters (except for page_zone.call_priority_threshold) follow the format page_zone.x.[element], where x is the paging zone ID number, ranging from 1 to 10.

SettingDescriptionApplic.RangeDefault
page_zone.x.nameSets the paging zone name, which appears on deskset LCD for outgoing and incoming multicast pages. A maximum of 15 characters is allowed.AllText stringblank
page_zone.x.multicast_addressEnter the multicast IP address that the deskset will monitor. The range of valid IP addresses is.AllIPv4, 224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255blank
page_zone.x.multicast_portEnter the multicast port associated with the multicast IP. The range of valid ports is 1 to 65535.All1-65535blank
page_zone.x.accept_incoming_pageEnables or disables the deskset from receiving incoming multicast pages for that paging zone. If disabled, the deskset can make outgoing multicast pages only.All0 (disabled), 1 (enabled)1
page_zone.x.prioritySet the paging zone priority from 1 to 10. Zones with a priority higher than another zone can interrupt the lower-priority zone's active page.All1-105
page_zone.call_priority_thresholdSet the call_priority_threshold. If the paging zone priority (page_zone.x.priority) is higher or equal to the call priority, then a multicast page can interrupt an active, dialing, or incoming call.All1-102

"softkey" Module: Custom Soft Key Settings

The custom soft key settings allow you to select which soft keys can appear on the Idle screen, the Call Active screen, the Call Held screen and the Live Dial screen. You can also specify the position of each soft key.

Softkeys appear on the phone screen in the same order as the softkey values you enter. Enter soft key values separated by commas.

You can specify a maximum of nine soft keys (three levels) for each parameter.

The soft key parameters follow the format softkey.[element].

For more information, see Customizing Softkeys on page 45.

SettingDescriptionAppValuesDefault
softkey.idleSpecifies the soft keys visible on the idle screen.All(see remarks)Group B:blank, dir , call_log, redial, message, dnd, cfwd, cfna, cfwd_all, cfwd_busy, intercom, retrieve, callback, grp_pickup, dir_pickup, line, settings, pgm_dial_1, pgm_dial_2, pgm_dial_3Group C:blank, dir , call_log, redial, message, dnd, cfwd, cfna, cfwd_all, cfwd_busy, intercom, retrieve, callback, grp_pickup, dir_pickup, line, settingsModel dependent.
softkey.call_activeSpecifies the soft keys visible on the active call screen.All(see remarks)Group B:blank, new, park_call, end, hold, transfer, conf, xferline, confline, pgm_dial_1, pgm_dial_2, pgm_dial_3Group C:blank, new, park_call, end, hold, pri_hold, transfer, conf, flash, hs_pickModel dependent.
softkey.call_heldSpecifies the soft keys visible on the held call screen.All(see remarks)Group B:blank, new, park_call, retrieve, grp_pickup, dir_pickup, end, resume, transfer, conf, xferline, confline, pgm_dial_1, pgm_dial_2, pgm_dial_3Group C:blank, new, retrieve, grp_pickup, dir_pickup,Model dependent.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

end, resume, transfer, conf,,hs_pick
softkey.live_dialSpecifies the soft keys visible on the live dial screen.All (see remarks)Group B:blank, dir, call_log, redial, message, end, dial, input, cancel, backspc, pgm_dial_1, pgm_dial_2, pgm_dial_3Group C:blank, dir, call_log, redial, message, end, dial, input, cancel, backspcModel dependent.
softkey.program_dial.x.labelSets the label that will be shown on the pgm_dial_x softkeyGroup Bstringblank
softkey.program_dial.x.numberSets the number that will be dialed when the pgm_dial_x softkey is pressedGroup Bstringblank
softkey.program_dial.x.accountAccount that will be used to dial out pgm_dial_xGroup B1 to max accounts1

"hs\_settings" Module: Handset management Settings

Handset management settings allow you to select which accounts are assigned to each handset to make and receive calls, default account that will be used to dial out for a particular handset, or handset name.

For more information, see Handset settings on page 138

SettingDescriptionValuesDefault
hs_settings.x.assigned_accountLists accounts assigned to a handset.Comma separated account index list1,2,3,4,5,6
hs_settings.x.default_accountAccount which will be used to dial out.Exceptions are pre-assignment cases (call log, contacts, speed dial) or user manually selecting a different account.1 to 61
hs_settings.x.handset_nameName the handset will show on its idle screenString, up to 12 charsHANDSET

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Appendix B: Time Zones

Time ZoneString in config file
-11SamoaPacific/Pago_Pago
-10United States-Hawaii-AleuanPacific/Honolulu
-10United States-Alaska-AleuanAmerica/Adak
-9United States-Alaska TimeAmerica/Anchorage
-8Canada(Vancouver,Whitehorse)America/Vancouver
-8Mexico(Tijuana,Mexicali)America/Tijuana
-8United States-Pacic TimeAmerica/Los_Angeles
-7Canada(Edmonton,Calgary)America/Edmonton
-7Mexico(Mazatlan,Chihuahua)America/Chihuahua
-7United States-Mountain TimeAmerica/Denver
-7United States-MST no DSTAmerica/Phoenix
-6Canada-Manitoba(Winnipeg)America/Winnipeg
-6Chile(Easter Islands)Pacific/Easter
-6Mexico(Mexico City,Acapulco)America/Mexico_City
-6United States-Central TimeAmerica/Chicago
-5Bahamas(Nassau)America/Nassau
-5Canada(Montreal,Oawa,Quebec)America/Montreal
-5CaicosAmerica/Grand_Turk
-5Cuba(Havana)America/Havana
-5United States-Eastern TimeAmerica/New_York
-4:30Venezuela(Caracas)America/Caracas
-4Canada(Halifax,Saint John)America/Halifax
-4Chile(Sanago)America/Santiago
-4Paraguay(Asuncion)America/Asuncion
-4United Kingdom-Bermuda(Bermuda)Atlantic/Bermuda
-4United Kingdom(Falkland Islands)Atlantic/Stanley
-4Trinidad&TobagoAmerica/Port_of_Spain
-3:30Canada-New Foundland(St.Johns)America/St_Johns
-3Denmark-Greenland(Nuuk)America/Godthab
-3Argenna(Buenos Aires)America/Argentina/Buenos_Aires
-3Brazil(no DST)America/Fortaleza
-3Brazil(DST)America/Sao_Paulo
-2Brazil(no DST)America/Noronha
-1Portugal(Azores)Atlantic/Azores
0GMTGMT
0GreenlandAmerica/Danmarkshavn
0Denmark-Faroe Islands(Torshaven)Atlantic/Faroe
0Ireland(Dublin)Europe/Dublin
0Portugal(Lisboa,Porto,Funchal)Europe/Lisbon
0Spain-Canary Islands(Las Palmas)Atlantic/Canary
0United Kingdom(London)Europe/London
0MoroccoAfrica/Casablanca
1Albania(Tirane)Europe/Tirane
1Austria(Vienna)Europe/Vienna

ALCATEL

home & business phones

1Belgium(Brussels)Europe/Brussels
1Croaa(Zagreb)Europe/Zagreb
1Czech Republic(Prague)Europe/Prague
1Denmark(Kopenhagen)Europe/Copenhagen
1France(Nice)Europe/Paris
1Germany(Berlin)Europe/Berlin
1Hungary(Budapest)Europe/Budapest
1Italy(Rome)Europe/Rome
1Luxembourg(Luxembourg)Europe/Luxembourg
1Makedonia(Skopje)Europe/Skopje
1Netherlands(Amsterdam)Europe/Amsterdam
1Namibia(Windhoek)Africa/Windhoek
2Estonia(Tallinn)Europe/Tallinn
2Finland(Helsinki)Europe/Helsinki
2Gaza Strip(Gaza)Asia/Gaza
2Greece(Athens)Europe/Athens
2Israel(Tel Aviv)Asia/Jerusalem
2Jordan(Amman)Asia/Amman
2Latvia(Riga)Europe/Riga
2Lebanon(Beirut)Asia/Beirut
2Moldova(Kishinev)Europe/Chisinau
2Russia(Kaliningrad)Europe/Kaliningrad
2Romania(Bucharest)Europe/Bucharest
2Syria(Damascus)Asia/Damascus
2Turkey(Ankara)Europe/Istanbul
2Ukraine(Kyiv,Odessa)Europe/Kiev
3East Africa TimeAfrica/Djibouti
3Iraq(Baghdad)Asia/Baghdad
3Russia(Moscow)Europe/Moscow
+3:30Iran(Teheran)Asia/Tehran
4Armenia(Yerevan)Asia/Yerevan
4Azerbaijan(Baku)Asia/Baku
4Georgia(Tbilisi)Asia/Tbilisi
4Kazakhstan(Aqtau)Asia/Aqtau
4Russia(Samara)Europe/Samara
5Kazakhstan(Aqtobe)Asia/Aqtobe
5Kyrgyzstan(Bishkek)Asia/Bishkek
5Pakistan(Islamabad)Asia/Karachi
5Russia(Chelyabinsk)Asia/Yekaterinburg
+5:30India(Calcua)Asia/Kolkata
6Kazakhstan(Astana,Almaty)Asia/Almaty
6Russia(Novosibirsk,Omsk)Asia/Novosibirsk
7Russia(Krasnoyarsk)Asia/Krasnoyarsk
7Thailand(Bangkok)Asia/Bangkok
8China(Beijing)Asia/Shanghai
8Singapore(Singapore)Asia/Singapore
8Australia(Perth)Australia/Perth
9Korea(Seoul)Asia/Seoul
9Japan(Tokyo)Asia/Tokyo

ALCATEL

home & business phones

+9:30Australia(Adelaide)Australia/Adelaide
+9:30Australia(Darwin)Australia/Darwin
10Australia(Sydney,Melbourne,Canberra)Australia/Sydney
10Australia(Brisbane)Australia/Brisbane
10Australia(Hobart)Australia/Hobart
10Russia(Vladivostok)Asia/Vladivostok
+10:30Australia(Lord Howe Islands)Australia/Lord_Howe
11New Caledonia(Noumea)Pacific/Noumea
12New Zeland(Wellington,Auckland)Pacific/Auckland
+12:45New Zeland(Chatham Islands)Pacific/Chatham
13Tonga(Nukualofa)Pacific/Tongatapu

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Maintenance

Taking care of your telephone

Your telephone contains sophisticated electronic parts, so you must treat it with care. Avoid rough treatment.

Place the corded handset down gently.

Save the original packing materials to protect your telephone base if you ever need to ship it.

Avoid water

You can damage your telephone if it gets wet. Do not use the corded handset in the rain, or handle it with wet hands. Do not install the telephone near a sink, bathtub or shower.

Electrical storms

Electrical storms can sometimes cause power surges harmful to electronic equipment. For your own safety, take caution when using electric appliances during storms.

Cleaning your telephone

Your telephone has a durable plastic casing that should retain its luster for many years. Clean it only with a soft cloth slightly dampened with water or a mild soap.

Do not use excess water or cleaning solvents of any kind.

Remember that electrical appliances can cause serious injury if used when you are wet or standing in water. If the telephone should fall into water, DO NOT RETRIEVE IT UNTIL YOU UNPLUG THE POWER CORD AND NETWORK CABLE FROM THE WALL, then pull the unit out by the unplugged cords.

ALCATEL

home & business phones

Important Safety Information

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - Important Safety Information - 1

This symbol is to alert you to important operating or servicing instructions that may appear in this user's manual. Always follow basic safety precautions when using this product to reduce the risk of injury, fire, or electric shock.

Read and understand all instructions in the user's manual. Observe all markings on the product.

Avoid using a telephone during a thunderstorm. There may be a slight chance of electric shock from lightning.

Do not use the telephone to report a gas leak in the vicinity of the leak. Under certain circumstances, a spark may be created when the adapter is plugged into the power outlet, or when the handset is replaced in its cradle. This is a common event associated with the closing of any electrical circuit. The user should not plug the phone into a power outlet, and should not put a charged handset into the cradle, if the phone is located in an environment containing concentrations of flammable or flame-supporting gases, unless there is adequate ventilation. A spark in such an environment could create a fire or explosion. Such environments might include: medical use of oxygen without adequate ventilation; industrial gases (cleaning solvents; gasoline vapors; etc.); a leak of natural gas; etc.

Do not use this product near water, or when you are wet. For example, do not use it in a wet basement or shower, or next to a swimming pool, bathtub, kitchen sink, or laundry tub. Do not use liquids or aerosol sprays for cleaning. If the product comes in contact with any liquid, unplug any line or power cord immediately. Do not plug the product back in until it has dried thoroughly.

Install this product in a protected location where no one can trip over any line or power cords. Protect cords from damage or abrasion.

If this product does not operate normally, see the Troubleshooting section in your product's manual. If you cannot solve the problem, or if the product is damaged, refer to the Limited warranty. Do not open this product except as directed in your user's manual. Opening the product or reassembling it incorrectly may expose you to hazardous voltages or other risks.

This power adapter is intended to be correctly oriented in a vertical or floor mount position. The prongs are not designed to hold the plug in place if it is plugged into a ceiling, an under-the-table or cabinet outlet.

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - Important Safety Information - 2

Caution: Use only the original power adapter for this product. To obtain it, check with your authorized distributor or reseller.

SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS

ALCATEL

home & business phones

CE Declaration of conformity

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - CE Declaration of conformity - 1

Hereby, it's declared that this phone is in conformity with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of the CE. You can download full declaration from www.alcatel-business.com

CE Mark Warnings

Temporis IP100/IP150/IP151/IP251G

This is a Class B device, in a domestic environment; this product may cause radio interference, in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.

Temporis IP300/IP301G/IP700G/IP701G, Alcatel IP2015/IP2115, Conference IP1850

This is a Class A device, in a domestic environment; this product may cause radio interference, in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.

WEEE Warning

ALCATEL Temporis IP300 - WEEE Warning - 1

To avoid the potential effects on the environment and human health as a result of the presence of hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment, end users of electrical and electronic equipment should understand the meaning of the crossed-out wheeled bin symbol. Do not dispose of WEEE as unsorted municipal waste and have to collect such WEEE separately.

GPL License Information

Portions of the software associated with this product are open source, and fall within the scope of the GNU General Public License (GPL).

Table of contents Click a title to access it
Manual assistant
Powered by Anthropic
Waiting for your message
Product information

Brand : ALCATEL

Model : Temporis IP300

Category : Telephone